Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Halliburton Surface Data Logging Manual
Halliburton Surface Data Logging Manual
Applied Fundamentals
Sperry-Sun Drilling Services
Houston, Texas
Course 237
January 2001
This manual contains CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION and is the property of Sperry-Sun,
a Halliburton Company. Neither this manual nor information contained herein shall be reproduced in any form, used, or
disclosed to others for any purpose including manufacturing without the express written permission of Sperry-Sun.
Manuals are company property and non-transferable to other employees, unless authorized by Management. You are
responsible for this manual. DO NOT leave this manual where it may be photocopied by others.
This manual is designed to provide information useful for the optimal utilization of Sperry-Sun equipment. Charts,
descriptions, tables and other information contained herein may have been derived from actual tests, simulated tests, or
mathematical models. Although information has been carefully prepared and is believed to be accurate, Sperry-Sun
cannot guarantee the accuracy of all information contained herein. Sperry-Sun reserves the right to modify equipment,
software and documentation, and field equipment and/or procedures may differ from those described herein.
Trained Sperry-Sun personnel act as consultants to Sperry-Sun customers. Practical judgement and discretion must be
used, based upon experience and knowledge, to review the circumstances for a particular job and then to perform the job
in a professional manner. Accordingly, the information contained herein should be used as a guide by trained personnel,
and no warranties, expressed or implied, including warranty of merchantability or fitness for use, are made in connection
herewith. In no event will Sperry-Sun be liable for indirect or consequential damages arising from the use of the
information contained in this manual, including without limitation, subsurface damage or trespass, or injury to well or
reservoir.
Users are responsible for ensuring that they have the latest version of this manual. To verify the latest version, contact
Sperry-Sun Drilling Services at (281) 871-5166.
ii
Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 - Fundamentals of Petroleum Geology
1-1
iii
Contents
2-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Collecting Cuttings Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Shaker Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Settling Box Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Collecting the Cutting Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Collecting Wet Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Washing the Cuttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Washing Cuttings From Water-Based Muds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Cleaning Samples From Oil-Based Muds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Processing the Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Sieve Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Logging While Coring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Sidewall Coring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Sample Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Sample Quality and Examination Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Use of Transmitted Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Order of Written Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Rock Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Texture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Grain or Crystal Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Sorting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Cement and Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Fossils and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Sedimentary Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Porosity and Permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Hydrocarbon Shows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Testing Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Test for Specific Rocks and Minerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Porosity and Permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Detection and Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Choquette and Prays Carbonate Porosity Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Archie's Classification of Porosity in Carbonate Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
iv
Contents
Hydrocarbons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routine Hydrocarbon Detection Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Hydrocarbon Detection Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solid Hydrocarbons and Dead Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generalizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problems in Interpreting Drill Cuttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contamination from Previously Penetrated Beds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Contaminants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Interpretation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geological Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unconformities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment and Supplies for Routine Sample Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thin Sections from Drill Cuttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Staining Techniques for Carbonate Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detailed Insoluble Residue Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Versenate Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limestone-Dolomite Differentiation Using Fairbanks Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sperry-Sun Calcimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shale Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shale Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-26
2-27
2-30
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-35
2-37
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-39
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-45
2-47
2-47
2-53
2-56
3-1
Contents
3-29
3-31
3-32
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
3-35
3-36
3-36
3-39
3-48
3-49
3-52
4-1
Contents
4-67
4-68
4-69
4-70
4-71
4-72
4-73
Appendices
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
vii
Contents
viii
Chapter 1
1-1
that is concerned with the order and sequence of the rocks that make up the
Earths crust.
1-2
relation to the radius of the Earth, it dwindles into insignificance. In relation to its
size, the Earth is about as smooth as a billiard ball.
T A L
C O N T I N E N
F
S H E L
Figure 1.1 Diagram Showing the Continental Shelf and the Gulf of Mexico
1.1.1 Gravity
True, the variations of the Earths surface may seem insignificant in relation to the
Earths size; yet, understanding them, and finding the forces which caused them,
necessarily involve the basic concept of geology. The forces responsible for
shaping all of the Earths features are part of the universal Law of Gravitation.
This law states that every particle in the universe attracts every other particle
with a force that is directly proportional to the product of their masses, and
inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them.
Because of the Earths great size and density, gravity has a strong attraction for
objects on or near its surface. It holds the atmosphere and hydrosphere (water) on
the Earths surface. It holds the Earth together and attracts all objects to it. Gravity
then is responsible for the falling of the rains, which cut away at the mountains;
for the flow of streams and rivers which erode the land masses; and for the
deposition of sediments in lakes and oceans.
1-3
Three factors - altitude, latitude, and variations in density of nearby rocks - affect
the force of gravity at any point on the Earths surface. The third factor, variation
in rock density, is responsible for the major differences of the Earths features.
Because the force of gravity is greater on rocks of high density than on rocks of
low density, it is concluded that heavier rocks would normally tend to occur at a
lower elevation than adjacent lighter rocks. A principle generally accepted by
geologists and geophysicists is that the continents are composed of a lighter rock
than that which underlies the oceans. Careful examination of rocks taken from
continents and ocean basins indicates that this principle is well founded.
1.2 Isostasy
The fact that the lighter continental blocks stand higher than the heavy oceanic
segments suggests that the two units are in equilibrium. The term isostasy (from
the Greek isos equal and stasis standing) is used to define this condition of
balance. Such condition means that the pressure at some depth beneath large units
of the Earths crust must be substantially the same, and that any specific
differences which develop because of processes in operation at the surface, must
be adjusted by slow rock movement in the Earths plastic interior to maintain
balance. Hence, if a heavy load is placed on a certain area on the Earths surface a
gradual sinking of the area will follow. Conversely, if a heavy load is removed, the
area will rise. The isostatic movement of one area is necessarily offset by an
opposite isostatic movement of another area (Figure 1.2).
Isostatic movement has not been confined to forming the continents and ocean
basins. It has been active throughout the geologic past, creating shallow seas and
mountains. In North America, isostic downwarpings have caused many different
geologic seas to deposit sediments across the entire continental area except the
area of the Canadian Shield.
1-4
Elsewhere, areas which have undergone glaciation in the recent geologic past are
still rising even though the glaciers and ice sheets melted back many thousands of
years ago. It is estimated that the Scandinavian area has risen 900 feet since the
ice sheet melted about 12,000 years ago. Since this area is still rising, it can be
concluded that it has not reached the elevation at which it stood prior to glaciation.
In areas receiving tremendous deposits of sediments, the land is gradually sinking
under the increasing loads. The Mississippi River Delta is sinking at a rate of
more than 8 feet per century. However, the accumulation of deposits from the
river keep the depth of the Gulf of Mexico and the land area of Louisiana about
constant.
It can be concluded that gravity, through the principle of isostasy, has been
responsible for forming the major features of the Earths surface such as
continents, oceans, basins, mountains, plains, etc. Also, it can be concluded that
erosion and deposition, being a continuing process, are means by which isostatic
movement never reaches equilibrium. Thus gravity is the most dynamic force
acting on the Earths surface.
1-5
1.3 Minerals
Everyone realizes the importance of minerals in the nations industry and
economy. Iron ore minerals are required to keep the steel industry operating just
as barite and bentonite are required by the drilling mud industry. The future of
both of these industries will be determined by the amount of mineral reserves
available to them for preparing products. Geologists, through the science of
mineralogy, are constantly seeking deposits of vital minerals in order to keep
industrial reserves high.
Mineralogy is the study of minerals. It includes their chemical compositions,
crystal structure, physical properties, and occurrence.
A mineral is a naturally occurring substance which has a definite chemical
composition and internal structure with characteristic physical properties. Over
2,000 minerals have been recognized and described. The vast majority are rare.
Many of them have never been found in more than one location. Others are found
only as precious metals, gemstones, or valuable ores. Only about 20 are found
abundantly in the Earths crust. These are called the rock and soil forming
minerals because they comprise all but a small fraction of the Earths rocks and
soils.
Many minerals can be identified on the basis of a single physical property. As an
example, halite, or rock salt, is identified by taste. However, most minerals require
a combination of two or more physical properties for positive identification.
The more important physical properties for mineral identification are discussed
below.
1.3.1 Cleavage
Many minerals cleave or part along smooth planes. Some minerals such as mica,
have a perfect cleavage in one direction only, while other, such as galena, have
perfect cleavage in three directions. Terms such as perfect, uneven, hard, and easy,
are used to describe cleavage planes.
1.3.2 Fracture
Minerals which have no cleavage fracture or break irregularly. Fracture faces are
described as being conchoidal (like glass), rough, smooth, even, splinter, or
fibrous.
1-6
1.3.3 Form
Minerals tend to crystallize into definite, characteristically shaped crystals,
bounded by smooth planes called crystal faces. If crystal faces are present, their
shapes and interfacial angles are diagnostic.
1.3.4 Color
All specimens of some minerals, such as magnetite and galena, have a constant or
uniform color, but others, such as quartz and calcite, may vary in color because of
impurities.
1.3.5 Streak
The color of the powder of a mineral is determined by scratching the surface of
the mineral with a knife or file, or it it is not too hard, by rubbing it on an
unpolished porcelain surface. The streak of a mineral may be similar, or entirely
different from the color of the mineral itself.
1.3.6 Luster
The luster of a mineral refers to the way ordinary light is reflected from its
surface. Metallic luster is like that of polished metals; vitreous luster is like that of
glass; adamantine like that of diamonds. Other self-explanatory terms used to
describe luster are resinous, silky, pearly, dull, Earth, oily, and waxy.
1.3.7 Hardness
The relative hardness of two different minerals can be determined by pushing a
pointed corner of one firmly across the flat surface of the other. If the mineral with
the point is harder, it will scratch or cut the other. The hardness of minerals is
usually recorded in terms of Mohs Scale of Hardness ranging from 1 to 10. The
numbers refer to the hardness of 10 minerals, arranged in order of increasing
hardness.
1-7
Mineral
Hardness
Mineral
Orhtoclase
Gypsum
Quartz
Calcite
Topaz
Fluorite
Corundum
Apatite
10
Diamond (hardest)
When the minerals to make up this series are not available, it is convenient to
know that a pocket knife blade is about 5.5, a copper penny 3.5, and the thumbnail
about 2.5. Since most minerals have a hardness of less than 6, these tools are
usually adequate for determining the hardness of an unknown specimen.
Specific Gravity is stated as a number indicating the ratio of the weight of the
substance to that of an equal volume of water. Specific gravity can be determined
by several different instruments in the laboratory.
1-8
1.2 Rocks
One of the basic principles of geology is the Uniformetarian Principle. It may be
stated as follows:
The present is the key to the past, or applied more specifically to our
present subject: Rocks from long ago at the Earths surface may be
understood and explained in accordance with processes presently going
on.
It assumes that, in the geologic past, water collected in streams and carried loads
of sediments to the sea; that marine animals lived and died in the ancient seas, and
that their shells were buried in the deposits accumulated on the sea floor. It also
assumes that ancient volcanoes erupted and extruded lava flows, just as they do
today. These and other similar assumptions are accepted truths as there is no
reason to believe that the physical laws and natural processes of the geologic past
have changed. Therefore, if features in solid rocks can be recognized as identical
to those now being formed by volcanoes, streams, and beaches, it is reasonable to
conclude that they were formed by the same type processes which are presently
occurring.
The Uniformetarian Principle is the underlying theme for all geologic studies. To
evaluate any rock, which is defined as an aggregate of minerals, it is essential to
know its origin, occurrence, mineral and chemical composition, and the process or
processes by which it was formed. All this information can usually be obtained
through the interpretation of the significant features contained within the rocks
themselves.
There are three major classes of rocks: igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary.
This classification is based on origin. Igneous rocks are formed by the cooling and
solidification of molten or liquid rock. Metamorphic rocks are formed by the
alteration, through heat and pressure, of existing rocks. Sedimentary rocks are
formed by the accumulation of sediments.
Each of these three classes is important in a fundamental study of geology because
each class has a different significance in the Earths history. Each class contains
minerals and ores which may not be found in the other two. In a study of
petroleum geology for instance, sedimentary rocks are given much more attention
than the other two because petroleum is found almost exclusively within them.
1-9
1-10
Based on their shapes and sizes, plutonic rock bodies are classified as dikes, sills,
laccoliths, volcanic necks, stocks, or batholiths (Figure 1.3).
1-11
Dikes
Dikes are tabular bodies of igneous rocks that fill former fractures in the Earths
crust. They may cut across formations, or they may cut into masses of older
igneous rocks. They vary in width from less than 1 inch to many feet, and in
length from a few yards to many miles.
Sills
Sills, like dikes, are tabular intrusive masses. They differ from dikes in that they
lie parallel to the formations of the enclosing rocks. Some sills are small, covering
areas of only a few acres, but others are very large. Most are less than 100 feet
thick.
Laccoliths
Laccoliths are large lenticular masses of igneous rock similar in origin to sills.
They are formed when intruded masses lift up overlying beds into domelike
structures. Laccoliths may range from 1/2 to 4 miles in diameter.
Volcanic Necks
The igneous rock solidified in the conduits that once fed volcanoes often remain
as remnants after erosion has removed the rest of the volcano. These cylindrical
masses are termed necks or plugs. They may be several thousand feet in diameter.
Batholiths
Batholiths are the largest and originally the deepest intrusive bodies of igneous
rock known. They are believed to have been the feeder sources of liquid material
for the igneous masses formed at a higher level. Batholiths are so large that they
are never sufficiently exposed to permit measurement of all three dimensions.
Many are 50 to 100 miles wide and more than 1,000 miles long, and they extend
downward to great but unknown depths. Most batholiths occur as the cores of a
folded mountain system.
Igneous activity is generally considered to be the origin of most metallic mineral
ores. Gold, silver, and copper are often found as native metals in veins of plutonic
rocks. Ores of other metals, such as lead, zinc, and nickel, are believed to have
been deposited by hot solutions from igneous rocks. Understandably, certain
1-12
igneous rocks, especially plutonic rocks, are constantly being sought for their
mineral content.
1-13
water, the halogens, sulfur, carbon dioxide, iron, silica, etc. They carry many
metallic elements into rocks being metamorphosed. Rocks metamorphosed by
chemical activity are characterized by the presence of new minerals.
Clastic Material
The deposition of clastic materials produces clastic rocks such as shales,
sandstones, and conglomerates. The essential difference between these rocks is in
the size of the fragments of which they are composed.
A size scale of clastic materials is shown in the following table. These sizes are
the ones commonly accepted by geologists.
1-14
Diameter (mm)
Boulders
over 256
Cobbles
64 to 256
Pebbles
4 to 64
Granules
2 to 4
1
Sand
/16 to 2
Silt
/256 to 1/16
Clay
Below 1/256
Clastic fragments are sorted by the action of various transporting agents. Thus, if
the materials have about the same specific gravity, fragments of about the same
size will be deposited together. If the materials differ in specific gravity, large
fragments of light material will be mixed with small fragments of heavy material
in deposition.
The shapes of fragments may be described as angular, sub-angular, and rounded.
Rounded fragments usually result from wear during prolonged transportation.
Sharp, broken fragments generally have been deposited near their source. Thus,
the shape and size of clastic materials are important guides to geologists.
Chemical Materials
The most abundant soluble salts are calcium carbonate, silica, sodium chloride,
and compounds of magnesium, potassium, iron, and aluminum. These salts are of
varying solubilities in river water. Some of them are very soluble in sea water,
while others are not. The manner in which these compounds form sedimentary
rocks will be discussed later.
Organic Materials
The organic materials which form a small part of the sedimentary rocks are
derived from land and marine plants and animals. They contribute organic
material in the form of carbon. Under very special conditions, depositions of
carbonaceous materials become coal or petroleum. Swamps and lagoons along
shores are ideal sites for the deposition of carbonaceous material.
The hard skeletons of shells of marine animals are relatively insoluble in sea
water. They are composed largely of calcium carbonate and silicon dioxide. In
some areas, these materials have formed thick deposits of sedimentary rocks.
1-15
1-16
Chemical weathering
Produces fragments of
minerals and rocks that are
removed mechanically and
deposited as the Clastic
Sedimentary Rocks.
Produces insoluble products that are Produces soluble products that are
Removed in solution by streams and deposited as the
Conglomerates
Breccias
Sandstone
Siltstone
Shale
Boulders
Cobbles
Pebbles
Granules
Sand
Silt
Clay
Limestone...CaCO3
Chalk
Dolomite... MgCO3
Chert..........Soluble
silica
Flint
Hematite ......... Iron
Limonite ......oxides
in order of deposition
Gypsum .CaSO42H2O
Anhydrite........ CaSO4
Salt (halite) ........NaCl
Potassium and
Magnesium minerals
Siliceous Diatomite
Carbonaceous
Coal
Petroleum
Natural Gas
The carbon is derived dominantly from CO2, hydrogen from water, other constituents, indirectly,
through weathering and alteration.
Figure 1.4 Sedimentary Rocks Chart
1-17
Conglomerates
A conglomerate may be made up of any kind of rock fragments held together by
some cementing material such as shale or clay. Its distinguishing characteristic is
rounded coarse fragments. Conglomerates are necessarily younger than the
fragments of which they are composed.
Sandstones
Sandstone is composed of fragments and grains from a size smaller than those of a
conglomerate down to grains of about the size of ordinary granulated table sugar.
The principal distinction between coarse sandstone and fine conglomerate is that
1-18
the sandstone is more apt to contains grains or fragments of rather uniform size,
without any unduly large pebbles. Sandstone can be described as fine, coarse, or
medium. It should be described as soft if it can be crumbled in the fingers, hard if
it breaks with difficulty with a hammer and medium-hard if it breaks under an
ordinary hammer blow.
Sandstones are usually deposited in water relatively close to a seashore. Such an
area along the shore is today, and has been in the past, the home of numerous
shellfish, such as clams, oysters, conch shells, scallops, sand dollars, and related
forms of life. These shells are composed of calcium carbonate or calcite. As
previously mentioned calcite is the principal natural cement and the presence of
numerous shells in the sandstone is a source of calcite which may in time, dissolve
and be redeposited again among the sand-grains cementing them together into a
solid rock. Complete fossil seashells are also common in sandstones.
Wind-Deposited Sandstones
Sandstones are also formed by the solidification of wind-blown sands on land. A
wind-blown sand deposit might be found underneath marine water deposited
sediments if an area such as the Sahara Desert should be suddenly submerged
beneath the sea. Wind-deposited sandstones are, on the whole, rare among oilfield
sediments and do not warrant much discussion. However, their present is
significant if they are found, as it indicates that the area was dry land and not
ocean at the time of deposition. This might be of great importance, since the
source of oil is almost universally marine organic material.
A well known wind-deposited sandstone formation is the Navajo sandstone of the
Navajo-Grand Canyon-Zion National Park area.
Siltstone
Siltstone is a rock composed of material whose small particles are larger than the
fine material of true shale and too small to be called sandstone. When broken in
the fingers, it is gritty rather than slippery, and often it is composed of a mixture of
fine sand grains and mud. For general purposes, a coarse siltstone could be
included under sandstone or a very fine siltstone might be included with shale.
Shale
Shale is the rock formed from compaction and solidification of the fine materials
of sedimentation which originally settled out in the water as mud. Consequently, it
is a deposit formed at greater distances from the shore than a conglomerate or a
sandstone, the material of which drops to the bottom as soon as the speed of the
1-19
depositing current is reduced where a river runs into the ocean. The tiny particles
which make up shale will remain suspended for a long time even in still water.
Fine material washed into an ocean by a river may be caught in some of the
slow-moving ocean currents and transported for many miles. Hence, deposits of
shale of decidedly uniform character may be deposited over thousands of square
miles of ocean bottom.
Often the deposition of shale is periodic, not continuous. This may be due to
several causes, and much remains yet to be learned on the subject. Seasonal
floods, for example, may be a cause. Rivers often carry large loads of erosion
products during floods, and are relatively clear and carry nothing for other periods
of the year. In such cases, a film or layer of mud would be deposited on the bottom
after each storm or flood, and in long geological time, many thousands of such
films or layers would pile up. Shale formed by the solidification of such a deposit
of many layers, would be banded or bedded rock, and a core or surface exposure
of it would show bedding or stratification. There would actually be visible fine
line or bands in the rock. According to local conditions which caused the bedding
or stratification, the beds or strata might be a fraction of an inch thick or several
feet.
All material that is fine is not necessarily of the same composition. The fine
materials which accumulates to form shale is naturally ground up (and perhaps
altered) material of the rocks of the land from which it was eroded. Since
numerous kinds of rocks exist at different localities, their erosion products are
different, even though ground up to the same size particles. For this reason, all the
shale in the world is not alike. The particles of which it was composed are alike,
but only in size. Therefore, there are many different kinds of shale.
As there is no particular advantage in using new names for the different varieties,
they are all generally called shale, without another qualifying word added to
indicate what kind. A shale containing an important amount of calcium carbonate
(line) is referred to as a calcareous shale or simply limey shale. Likewise, shale
containing a large amount of silica, such as much of the Monterey shale of
California, is called siliceous shale. Many local characteristics are also used, such
as as nodular shale, poke chip shale (when the cores split into smooth wafers
or plates resembling poker chips), paper shale, and others.
Limestones
Limestone is different from any of the above described sedimentary rocks,
because it is a chemically deposited sediment and not from mechanical settlings.
The relation of erosion to the formation of limestone is not the carrying fine
particles of calcite (CaCO3 - the mineral of which limestone is composed) but it is
to carry instead, calcium carbonate to the ocean in solution.
1-20
This calcium carbonate is in solution in sea water as is salt. Certain animals living
in the sea, principally corals, and small forms of life known as bacteria, are able to
extract calcium carbonate from the sea water and, by rather vaguely known like
processes, to resolidify or precipitate it as small, solid crystals of calcite. By this
process, deposits of limestone rock accumulate on sea floors where there is an
abundance of coral or peculiar bacterial life.
Certain plants such as algae can also extract calcium carbonate from sea water and
deposit it as limestone.
The life forms which are able to deposit limestone live in warm tropical or
sub-tropical waters, such as the Coral Sea north of the Great Barrier Reef, which
extends for more than a thousand miles along the northeast coast of Australia.
These animals require, in addition to warm temperatures, clear waters, fairly free
from stifling turbidity. Such conditions existed in past geological time in the
limestone area from the Gulf of Mexico far north to Canada. If the small,
oil-containing forms of life are also present and accumulate with the limestone, a
pertroliferous or oil-bearing limestone will be deposited. Such rocks have
produced oil fields in many parts of the world.
Dolomite
If a large part of the calcium in a limestone is replaced by magnesium, the rock is
dolomite. Dolomitization is a common process in limestones of all ages, and it is
often accomplished during the process of sedimentation. In fact, many so called
limestones are dolomites.
Chalk
Chalk is a special type of limestone composed of small shells, or fragments,
cemented together. Forminifera shells constitute a large part of the material, but
the presence of shells or other organisms is common. Chalk usually is soft,
porous, and white or grey, and some of it is massive in appearance. The chalk
cliffs of Dover, England, are an example. Some of the chalks of the Southwest,
particularly those of Texas, grade into denser beds that are as well consolidated as
ordinary limestone.
Marl
The porous masses of shells and shell fragments that accumulate on the bottoms
of may freshwater lakes form marls. The term marl is used also to designate
calcarious shales in which clay and finely divided particles of calcium carbonate
are mixed.
1-21
Coquina
This term usually is applied to the more recent deposits of cemented shell
accumulations.
Reefs
Fossilized corals and associated marine life form another type of limestone known
as coral reefs. These limestones possess the skeletal features of the organism of
which they are formed. Reefs are formed in tropical waters along the shore of land
masses and around islands. They were probably formed in all of the ancient inland
seas of North America. Reefs are more technically known as bioherns.
Chert
Chert is a hard, compact, dense, siliceous material that occurs as distinct layers, or
as pebbles, in the beds of other rocks. Either colloidal silica was deposited with
the other sediments, or after deposition, silica-bearing waters partially replaced
the associated sediments.
Diatomaceous Earth
Diatoms are minute plants that live in great numbers in the sea and in freshwater
lakes. When they die, their siliceous skeletons accumulate to form diatomaceous
Earth. At many places diatomaceous Earth is interbedded with shales.
Coal
Coal is formed by the compacting and partial decomposition of vegetable
accumulations. The alteration of vegetation into peat, lignite, and various other
grades of coal is a long process. The grade of coal is dependent upon the kind of
material deposits and the amount of alteration that has taken place.
1-22
Percent
77.758
10.878
4.737
3.600
2.465
0.345
0.217
Total
100.000
When sea water is evaporated to dryness, the salts come and are deposited. The
least soluble salts are deposited first. Calcium carbonate and iron oxide, if present
in the water, are the first to be deposited. Gypsum follows, and often with it some
anyhdrite is deposited. After gypsum, sodium chloride, or common table salt, is
deposited. The bitter salts consisting of sulfates and chlorides of potassium and
magnesium are deposited last. These are so soluble that they are not always
deposited with salt and gypsum. The rocks formed in this manner are called
evaporites. Thick deposits of evaporites were probably formed in evaporating
bodies of sea water which intermittently received influxes of fresh sea water.
Associated with salt and gypsum in many places are red beds, composed mainly
of red sandstones and shales. These are red because they contain small amounts of
iron oxide. It is believed that they have been formed under arid conditions.
Cross-bedding
Sediments that show parallel bedding at an angle to the planes of general
stratification are cross-bedded. Wherever steep slopes are produced by the rapid
deposition of sediments (as at the front of a delta or on offshore bars, barriers, etc.)
1-23
Graded Bedding
When a mixture of particle grains is brought to the site of deposition, the coarser
and heavier grains settle more rapidly than others. It follows then that the bed of
sediment finally accumulated shows a segregation of the grains as determined by
their relative rates of setting. Thus the bottom portion of a bed may consist of
coarse or heavy particles, whereas the upper portion is made up of relatively fine
or light particles. Such an arrangement is called graded bedding. The presence of
graded bedding in rocks indicate seasonal deposition within a relatively still body
of water.
1-24
A complete reversal of this occurs when the sea is regressing. Sediments carried
to the sea by rivers and streams are deposited progressively farther from the
original shore line. As the sea regresses, young deposits of sediments are exposed,
eroded, and carried once more into the sea and redeposited progressively further
from the original shore line. The arrangement of layers of sedimentary rocks is
called offlap (Figure 1.7).
1-25
1-26
Figure 1.8 Diagram Showing Ideal Lateral and Vertical Variation Within Sedimentary
Rocks
1-27
1-28
The character of sedimentation depends in part upon the balance between the rate
of subsidence and the rate of filling of a basin. Contemporaneous changes in the
source areas also affect the character. Notable uplift adjacent to a basin would
supply a great bulk of coarse sediment, whereas long-continued erosion of stable
land would change the sediment to fine mud and solutions. If little water reached a
basin, evaporation would begin, causing the deposition of evaporites.
Hence, sedimentary rocks, by their composition, texture, thickness, area
distribution and other characteristics, reflect the complex interplay of a number of
factors. Perhaps the most influential of these is isostatic movement.
1-29
Figure 1.9 Diagram Illustrating the Dip and the Strike of a Tilted Bed
1.6.2 Warps
Rocks which have been warped form gently sloping structures, such as irregular
shaped basins and domes. The beds of rocks in such structures are gently tilted.
Uniformly tilted beds are homoclines. This name indicates that the strata of this
structure are inclined in the same direction. Broad downwarped structures are
called geosynclines (Figure 1.10).
1-30
1.6.3 Folds
Where beds of rock have been subjected to extreme horizontal forces, they bend
into folds with alternating crests and troughs. The principal types of folded
structures are anticlines, synclines, and domes and basins. Where the beds of rock
are arched up like the roof of a house, they form an anticline, i.e. the bed dip away
from each other. Downfolds, or troughs, where the beds dip toward one another,
are call synclines.
1-31
Some faults are neither normal or reverse, but involve longitudinal movement
parallel to the fault plane, as in the San Andreas fault of California. Such a fault is
a rift or tear fault.
A block depressed between two faults is a graben, and a block raised between
two faults is a horst (Figure 1.11).
1-32
1-33
The standard geologic time scale is divided into eras, periods, epochs, ages,
stages, and substages. Because many local variations in nomenclature this
presentation will be limited to a discussion of the eras, periods and epochs as we
are concerned with them as surface data loggers.
The following table represents the geologic column and time scale used by the
U.S. Geological Survey.
Table 1.4 Geologic Column and Time Scale
Era
Cenozoic
Period
Epoch
Quaternary
Recent Pleistocene
Tertiary
Pliocene
Miocene
Oligocene
Eocene
Paleocene
Mesozoic
Cretaceous
Jurassic
Triassic
Paleozoic
Permian
Pennsylvanian
Mississippian
Devonian
Silurian
Ordovician
Cambrian
Proterozoic
Keweenawan
Huronian
Timiskamingian
Archeozoic
Keewatin
1-34
1.8 Petroleum
It is evident that each carbon atom is united with one or more additional carbon
atoms, and the remaining unsatisfied valences are united with hydrogen.
The formula for the closed-chain series is arranged in a ring as shown by the
structural formula for benzene (C6H6).
1-35
H
C
H
C
H
Figure 1.13 Structural Formula for Benzene
Olefine Series
The Olefine series members contain two less hydrogen atoms than those in the
paraffin series. The basic formula for this series is CnH2n. Some of the members
of this series are ethylene, propylene, butylene, etc. The Olefines are similar to the
paraffins in physical properties but they are different in chemical properties. The
olefines have double bonds between some of the carbon atoms, as propylene
(C3H6).
H
C
H
C
C
H
H
H
1-36
Acetylene Series
The basic formula for the acetylene series is CnH2n-2. Members of this series have
two carbons united by triple bonds. There are two less hydrogen atoms in
compounds of this series compared with corresponding members of the olefine
series.
Diolefine Series
The diolefines are unsaturated hydrocarbons having the same basic formula as the
acetylenes, CnH2n-2. However, the structural formula differs in the the diolefines
have two double-bonded carbon atoms instead of one triple-bonded carbon atom.
Cycloparaffin Series
This series is known as alacyclic because it possesses both the properties of
aliphatic and cyclic hydrocarbons. It resembles the paraffin series in chemical and
physical properties except for density, which is greater. The basic formula is
CnH2n, and the structural formula is cyclic, but the members are saturated
hydrocarbons since they have single bonds between the carbon atoms.
Napthalene Series
Compounds of this series have the basic formula CnH2n-12. In the structural
formula napthalene, C10H8, the nucleus is composed of two rings, which is a
typical structural formula for the series.
1-37
CH
HC
HC
CH
HC
CH
HC
CH
Inorganic Theories
Inorganic theories were the first advanced to account for the formation of
petroleum. Betheolot, in 1866, suggested that mineral oils were formed by the
action of water on metallic carbides. He based his idea on the assumption that the
interior of the Earth contained free alkaline metals with which carbon dioxide
could react at high temperatures to form carbides and acetylides. The carbides or
acetylides would then react with water to form acetylene, which when heated to
1-38
Organic Theories
The organic origin of petroleum is generally accepted by scientists. But there
remain many problems as yet unsolved. It is generally believed that petroleum
originated by a series of complex processes from plant and animal substances.
The exact nature of the original organic material is not known, although much
valuable data on this has been assembled. The biological, chemical and geological
processes necessary for the conversion of the organic matter of plants and animals
into hydrocarbons are not completely understood.
It has been reasonably established that petroleum is of organic origin because:
Some petroleums are optically active, i.e., most oils have the power of
rotating the plane of polarization of polarized light. Only matter derived from
organic origin could have this power.
2. Petroleum contains nitrogenous compounds. All such compounds found in
nature are either of plant or animal origin.
3. Some petroleum contains chlorophyll porphyrins, which are derivatives
obtained from the chlorophyll of plants or from the blood cells of animals.
4. Some petroleums contain hydrogen sulfide gas which results from bacterial
decomposition of plants and animals.
1.
1-39
1-40
1-41
Conditions
All available evidence suggests that organic materials might have been
transformed into petroleum under the following conditions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Deposition of organic material in fine sands and silts in fairly shallow marine
water.
Rapid burial preventing destruction by bottom dwellers.
Normal decomposition with burial and the beginning of anaerobic bacterial
activity.
Conversion of material toward hydrocarbon material. The transformation
continues until the mixture becomes so foul by the accumulation of hydrogen
sulfide gas that it kills off all bacteria.
Migration and accumulation of oil as sediments are compacted.
Migration
The movement or migration of petroleum from the source beds into reservoirs can
be divided into two parts: (1) transverse migration from the source beds into a
carrier bed; and (2) longitudinal migration through the carrier bed to a suitable
trap. The movement of petroleum through rocks is apparently caused by several
types of energy, including compaction, capillarity, differential specific gravity,
hydrostatic pressure and gas pressure.
1-42
It is believed that compaction within the source beds is the principal force causing
the movement of petroleum from source beds into carrier beds. Compaction is
also regarded as an important force in the migration of petroleum through the
carrier beds. Obviously the fluids occupying the pore space will be driven out by
the compaction of the clay, mud or ooze of the source bed. These fluids move in
the direction of least resistance into non-compacting porous formations, such as
sandstone or porous limestone. Although direct proof that compaction has been an
important factor is not to be expected, the direct association of most oil-producing
regions with structural basins is an indication that it does play an important part.
Capillarity is action, due to surface tension, by which the surface of a liquid where
in contact with a solid, is elevated or depressed. Surface tension of a liquid causes
it to act as an elastic enveloping membrane, so that it tends to compact to the
minimum area. The surface tension of water is approximately three times that of
oil. Capillary action, therefore, would tend to draw water into the finest openings,
displacing the oil and gas. In a slow transfer of liquids between shales and
sandstone, oil would be displaced from the shales into the sandstones because the
water enters fine pores three times as easily as oil and has three times as much
difficulty in leaving.
Every oil field is evidence of migration caused by the action of gravity. If present,
water occupies the lowest position in the reservoir. Oil floats on water and it
occupies the next highest position above the water. Any gas present will occur
above oil and will occupy the highest position in reservoirs. Other forces may
cause petroleum to migrate great distances, but gravity is responsible for the final
arrangement of water, oil, and gas in reservoirs.
The theory behind the action of hydraulic pressure in the migration of petroleum
suggests that moving water under hydraulic pressure has been an important agent
in the migration and accumulation of petroleum. According to this theory,
hydrocarbons are carried along by the flow of underground water. However, the
movement of petroleum through rocks is probably faster than the movement of
water through rocks. Yet, it is conceivable that oil migration could be aided or
hindered, depending on the direction of flow, by the movement of underground
water.
Differential gas pressure has been suggested as a factor in the migration and
accumulation of petroleum. However, it usually is considered only an aid to other
factors, such as capillarity, differential specific gravity, or hydraulic movement.
Transverse Migration
Migration directions are considered in terms of the stratification planes of rocks.
Oil either migrates in a longitudinal (parallel) or transverse (vertical) direction to
the stratification planes. Generally, the primary migration from source rock to
1-43
reservoir rock is transverse, and the secondary migration through the reservoir to
the trap is longitudinal.
Transverse migration can be downward or upward. If movement is taking place
because of differences in the specific gravity of oil and water, the migration
direction of oil will be upward. But if the oil is being squeezed from a rock by
compaction it will move in a path of least resistance, whether that be upward,
downward, or sideways. The prerequisite for transverse migration is that a
receptive layer must be present to receive the flow.
Downward transverse migration is responsible for the occurrences of oil in
basement igneous rocks of buried hills. Other examples of transverse migration
are the accumulations of oil beneath unconformities, especially those occurring in
the leached upper surfaces of thick limestones.
Longitudinal Migration
Longitudinal migration is possible where a porous and permeable rock layer
occurs in the sedimentary section. Longitudinal migration is by no means
confined to widespread sandstones or regional porous limestones. Sand-filled
channels and bars in thick shale sections also may be used.
The confinement of oil accumulations to the highest levels in the reservoir rock is
presumptive evidence that oil moved through the rock until those levels were
attained. Unless it is assumed that by some strange coincidence oil entered the
reservoir where there were traps, it must be concluded that the oil migrated
laterally until trapped.
It can be concluded that petroleum has traveled by both longitudinal and
transverse migration in moving from the source to the trap.
Accumulation
Many different classifications have been proposed to include the wide range of
geologic conditions under which oil and gas pools occur. But because of the many
different types of oil and gas pools, it has been difficult to establish a classification
which covers all types. One generalization applies to all types; oil and gas
accumulate in pools because their upward or lateral migration is stopped by a trap
or closure. These traps are formed by stratigraphic conditions which were formed
at the time of deposition of the sediments, by later changes in the sediments, by
structural deformation, or by a combination of two or more of these factors.
The following is an outline classification of traps or reservoirs.
1-44
I.
Closed Reservoirs
A. Reservoirs closed by local deformation of strata.
1. Reservoirs closed by folding
a. Reservoirs in closed anticlines and domes
b. Reservoirs in closed synclines and basins
2. Reservoirs developed through the off-setting of strata by faulting of
homoclinal structures
3.
4.
1-45
1-46
1-47
1-48
1-49
1-50
1-51
1-52
1-53
Note the change in the dip of axis of fold (line GH). BC indicates the width of the
productive area for the upper sand; EF that of the lower sand. Axes of folds
(at A and D) lie near the left edge of the productive area. Well 1 is productive;
well 2 only a short distance away, is barren. Well 4 produces from the upper sand
only; and well 3 from both the upper and lower sands.
Figure 1.32 Asymmetric Anticlinal Fold Along the Flanks of a Major Uplift
Figure 1.33 illustrates how greater accumulations petroleum may be found on the
basinward side of an anticline. Note the difference in the level of the edge-water
lines on the opposite flanks of the anticline.
All anticlines are long narrow domes in the sense that they are closed structures.
However, domes are usually spoken of as closed structures in which the length
does not exceed three times the width.
1-54
Figure 1.33 Dome Structure, illustrated in plane view by the structure contours and by the
vertical sections through the major and minor axes
Oil accumulates in the porous formations above and on the flanks of the salt core.
A monocline is formed when the crest of an anticlinal fold is eroded away and a
partial cross section of the rock strata is exposed as an outcrop.
SDL Applied Fundamentals
January 2001
1-55
The shallow well, number 1, produces heavier, more viscous oil than number 2
owing to evaporation of the lighter constituents at the outcrop. Well 3 encounters
edge water.
Oil that has migrated to the surface is lost; however, as it accumulates on the
Earths surface, the lighter fractions evaporate leaving a residue of asphaltic-like
material. This residue will plug the pore spaces in the rock and prevent further
loss. Such surface indications of a bituminous nature have resulted in the
discovery of many important oil reservoirs.
Faulting will many times place a permeable strata against a shale strata. If
conditions are favorable for petroleum accumulation, the oil would be trapped at
the fault line. Faults may also allow migration of petroleum from stratum to
stratum across fault lines where the permeable beds are adjacent.
1-56
This figure illustrates oil accumulation on both the upthrown and downthrown
sides of a fault and show how faulting may leave barren places in an anticlinal
structure. Wells 1, 3, and 4 are productive; whereas well 2 encounters edge water;
and well 3 intersects the fault plane.
The sealing of tilted, eroded beds by deposition of new sediments form favorable
traps for oil accumulation in the older rocks against an unconformity. In other
cases, the oil might migrate across the unconformity and ultimately be trapped in
beds not related to those in which the oil was originally stored.
1-57
The impervious stratum at the base of the upper series prevents the escape of the
oil. Oil seeks out and accumulates in lenses of porous sands imbedded in dense
less porous rock strata. Most sedimentary rocks are laid down at or near the shore
line so the channels or lenses of sand would be roughly parallel to the shore lines
of the period in which they were formed.
1-58
Lenses of coarse sand embedded oil bearing shales serve as local centers of
concentration. Such conditions are common in California fields. Well A
encounters four zones of production; whereas well B is barren.
1-59
1-60
Sample Examination
Introduction
Chapter 2
Sample Examination
2.1 Introduction
An accurate sample description is the basic function of geologic work - the
foundation on which the entire structure of subsurface analysis rests. This manual
has been assembled in an effort to furnish a convenient reference on standard
stratigraphic procedures. Techniques of collecting, preparing, examining, and
describing well cuttings and core samples are set forth.
At one time the primary responsibility of the surface data logger was to provide
correlation for structural mapping, now it has become increasingly important for
him to also provide stratigraphic data. The source, transporting medium,
environment of deposition, and post-depositional history of the sediments all can
be determined by sample examination. There are two elements are involved: (1)
logging what is physically present in the samples, and (2) interpretation of the
geologic history from the material in the samples.
A description can become so detailed as to obscure important characteristics of
the samples; the surface data logger should learn to be selective and report only
the important details. Sample analysis should be made carefully and attentively.
The accuracy of a study is dependent upon the quality of the samples and the
proficiency of the surface data logger. Careful initial examination and description
of the samples will save time and prevent the necessity for re-examination. There
will be times when it is impossible due to well conditions for the surface data
logger to accomplish this the first time. It is more important that the samples be
caught first.
There are two general methods of sample description and logging, the interpretive
system and the percentage system. The interpretive log is preferable but its
accuracy depends in some measure on the quality of the samples, and the surface
data loggers familiarity with the local stratigraphic section of the area. Sloughed
cuttings must be disregarded, and only the lithology felt to be represent the
interval drilled is to be logged. If several different rock types are present in the
sample, all are assumed to be derived from the drilled interval, they are logged as
discrete beds, interbeds, intercalations, lenses, or nodules, rather than as
percentages. The interpretation in this case is based on the surface data loggers
knowledge of the area. On interpretive logs, lithologic contacts are drawn sharply,
and the entire width of the log column is filled with the suitable lithology plot
types. Two hazards in this form of logging are unexpected recurrence of lithologic
types and wildcat wells where there are no lithologic histories available for
comparison.
2-1
Sample Examination
Collecting Cuttings Samples
Experience and good training are essential for making a good interpretive log.
Generally the surface data logger examining the samples is best qualified to
recognize lithologic and formational contacts. Although formation contacts
should be picked on the basis of sample data rather than on mechanical logs, the
latter, as well as the drill rate, can also be useful in defining boundaries of specific
lithologic units, and zones of interest.
In percentage logging, the surface data logger, after eliminating the obvious
foreign matter and unquestionable sloughed cuttings, logs each rock type with the
percentage of that rock type that is present in the sample. This system of logging
may be used to advantage in areas where:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The principal disadvantages of this system are that lithologic breaks do not show
up sharply on the log, and the logging of each rock percentage often gives a
confused picture of the in place rock formation.
2-2
Sample Examination
Collecting Cuttings Samples
2-3
Sample Examination
Collecting Cuttings Samples
If the amount of cuttings coming across the shaker decreases rapidly, or the
cuttings disappear altogether, this could mean that a fine grained sand has
been encountered. If this happens, you should check the sand content of the
mud.
4. This same problem could also mean that a salt section has been encountered.
Check the chlorides of the mud, and watch for deterioration of the mud
properties.
5. Check the desander and desilter discharges for the possible presence of
sample material which has gone through the shaker screens. A periodic check
from these sources will provide a basis for comparison.
3.
2-4
Sample Examination
Collecting Cuttings Samples
30-foot samples and the drill rate is 30 ft/hr, then catch 5- or 10-foot samples).
There is no such thing as too much information.
2-5
Sample Examination
Washing the Cuttings
2-6
Sample Examination
Washing the Cuttings
Method One
Set up two containers, such as two 5-gallon buckets. One should contain a
non-fluorescent solvent (preferably Varsol or naphtha). This should be used for
the first washing to remove the outer coating of drilling mud from the cuttings. In
the other container, mix a solution consisting of a commercially available
detergent into 5 gallons of water. Wash the cuttings in the detergent solution to
remove the solvent. After this they can be washed in water as usual. To make a
good inspection for lithology and staining, the cuttings must then be broken or
crushed.
Sometimes, cuttings that have been subjected to oil-based mud turn to paste if any
attempt is made to wash them with water as described in method one. Methods
two and three can overcome this problem.
Method Two
Wash the cuttings in only a non-fluorescent solvent, such as Varsol or naphtha.
One means of accomplishing this with a minimum use and waster of solvent is to
prepare 3 or 4 baths for processing the samples. A closed container (without an
internal lip, as some cuttings may hang up at this point) is ideal since this allows
shaking of the solvent/cuttings mixture. First, dump the fresh cuttings into the first
container containing solvent. Secure the lid on the container and agitate by
shaking for approximately 30 seconds. Remove the lid and pour the solvent into
another container for use again on the next sample. Refill the container with fresh
solvent and repeat the entire process. When the solvent remains clear after
agitation, the sample is clean. Again, pour off the solvent for later use and empty
the cuttings into the perforated basket in the Sperry-Sun spin-dryer. Remove the
solvent from the cuttings by spinning the assembly under the wall mounted motor
for 30 seconds. Remove the perforated basket from the spin-dryer and empty the
cuttings into a dry sieve assembly. Vigorously shake the sieves side to side to
force cuttings through the various screens.
Method Three
Wash the cuttings in the base fluid of the mud (i.e., with Petrofree use Ester). Then
wash the cuttings as described above until clean.
2-7
Sample Examination
Processing the Samples
2-8
Sample Examination
Processing the Samples
The 80-mesh screen, with.177-mm openings, will retain most grains of the fine
size (.125 mm to .250 mm) and smaller cuttings. An increase in volume here may
indicate a softer formation (which should be reflected in the drill rate) since most
of the cuttings are generally in the upper 20-mesh screen. The same process of
inverting this sieve after some of its catch has been slid onto the sample tray is
also recommended.
The sieve receiver is an essential component of the sieve set because it catches
everything that goes through all the screens. Generally, we would be looking for
very fine grain sand in this portion of the sample. Experience should show that if
you expect sand, due to a drilling break, but do not see much in the upper sieves,
the sieve receiver will hold what you are looking for. This will also be where
dissolved cutting would be collected.
After the sieving, a small portion of the washed sample should be put onto one of
the trays provided for microscopic inspection and then drained. A larger sample
should be placed on another tray, then drained and dried before it is placed into a
labeled envelope and boxed for the oil company laboratory analysis. The tray for
immediate examination should contain only a single layer of cuttings. This is
important when considering the relative percentages of the different materials
contained in the sample.
2-9
Sample Examination
Logging While Coring
2-10
Sample Examination
Sample Description
However, because compaction occurs as the bullet enters, the results are
inevitably less reliable than those from a conventional core.
2-11
Sample Examination
Sample Description
samples bring out rock characteristics that are not apparent in dry samples. Leave
the samples covered by a thin film of water. After the cuttings have been logged,
they are set aside to dry and then placed in dry sample envelopes.
The technique of scanning samples before logging them in detail has many
advantages. In addition to helping the surface data logger pick tops and lithologic
changes it may also aid him in determining the extent of porous and hydrocarbon
bearing intervals. However, the principle advantage of this technique is that it
provides the surface data logger the opportunity to observe and interpret
depositional sequences. When sample intervals are laid out in sequence subtle
changes in texture, mineralogy, color and facies often become apparent even
before microscopic examination. Thus the surface data logger is alerted to look
for these changes when making the detailed sample examination. This method of
examining samples encourages surface data logger to observe and log lithologic
rather than sample interval units. It is still important that the surface data logger
do a complete and thorough description of each sample.
Textures in carbonate rocks can be clearly observed with the aid of wetting agents
such as mineral oil, glycerine, clove oil, etc. A further improvement of this
technique is the use of transmitted light as described below.
2.6.3 Abbreviations
Abbreviations should be used for all descriptions recorded on surface data logs.
Appendix A contains a list of the recommended abbreviations from the SPWLA
manual.
2-12
Sample Examination
Sample Description
2.6.6 Color
Color of rocks may be a mass effect of the colors of the component grains, or
result from the color of the cement or matrix, or staining of these. Colors may
occur in combinations and patterns, e.g., mottled, banded, spotted, variegated. It is
recommended that colors be described on wet samples under ten-power
magnification. If is important to use the same source of light all the time and to
use constant magnification for all routine logging. General terms, such as dark
grey and medium brown, generally suffice.
Ferruginous, carbonaceous, siliceous, and calcareous matter are the most
important staining or coloring agents. From limonite or hematite come yellow,
red, or brown shades. Gray to black color can result from the presence of
carbonaceous or phosphatic material, iron sulfide, or manganese. Glauconite,
ferrous iron, serpentine, chlorite, and apatite impart green coloring. Red or orange
mottlings are derived from surface weathering or subsurface oxidation by the
action of circulating waters.
Bit or pipe fragments in samples can rust and stain the samples. Drilling mud
additives may also cause staining.
2-13
Sample Examination
Sample Description
2.6.7 Texture
Texture is a function of the size, shape, and arrangement of the constituent
elements of a rock.
2.6.9 Shape
Shape of grains has long been used to decode the history of a deposit of which the
grains are a part. Shape involves both sphericity and roundness.
Sphericity refers to a comparison of the surface area of a sphere of the same
volume as the grain, with the surface area of the grain itself. For practical
purposes, distinction is usually made in large particles on the basis of axial ratios,
and in grains by visual comparison with charts.
Roundness which refers to the sharpness of the edges and corners of a fragment,
is an important characteristic that deserves careful attention in detailed logging.
Five degrees of rounding are described as follows:
Angular edges and corners sharp, little or no evidence of wear.
Subangular faces untouched but edges and corners rounded.
Subrounded edges and corners rounded to smooth curves; areas of original faces
reduced.
Rounded Original faces almost completely destroyed, but some comparatively
flat faces may be present; all original edges and corners smoothed off to rather
broad curves.
Well rounded no original faces, edges, or corners remain; entire surface consists
of broad curves, flat areas are absent.
2-14
Sample Examination
Sample Description
2.6.10 Sorting
Sorting is a measure of the size frequency distribution of grains in a sediment or
rock. It involves shape, roundness, specific gravity, and mineral composition as
well as size. A classification given by Payne (1942) that can be applied to these
factors is:
Good:
Fair:
Poor:
2-15
Sample Examination
Sample Description
2-16
Sample Examination
Sedimentary Structures
2-17
Sample Examination
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification
2-18
Sample Examination
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification
chert, or anhydrite will stand out in relief against the soluble matrix. Dolomite
crystals usually stand out also, inasmuch as they are attacked by the acid more
slowly than is calcite. The internal structures of fossils, oolites, and detrital
fragments are commonly revealed on an etched surface. If the appearance of the
etched surface is so diagnostic that permanent record is desired, an acetate peel
can be made, or the surface can be photographed.
Hardness
Scratching the rock fragment surface is often an adequate way of distinguishing
different lithic types. Silicates and silicified materials, for example, cannot be
scratched, but instead will take a streak of metal from the point of a probe.
Limestone and dolomite can be scratched readily, gypsum and anhydrite will be
grooved, as will shale or bentonite. Weathered chert is often soft enough to be
readily scratched, and its lack of reaction with acid will distinguish it from
carbonates. Caution must be used with this test in determining whether the
scratched material is actually the framework constituent or the cementing or
matrix constituent. For example, silts will often scratch or groove, but
examination under high magnification will usually show that the quartz grains
have been pushed aside and are unscratched, and the groove was made in the
softer matrix material.
Parting
Shaly parting, although not a test, is an important rock character. The surface data
logger should always distinguish between shale, which exhibits parting or fissility
and mudstone, which yields fragments which do not have parallel plane faces.
Thin Sections
Certain features of rocks may not be distinguishable even under the most
favorable conditions without the aid of thin sections. Thin sections adequate for
routine examination can be prepared without the use of the refined techniques
necessary to produce slides suitable for petrographic study.
Some of the questions of interpretation which might be clarified by the use of thin
sections include the following: mineral identification, grain-distribution, grain
2-19
Sample Examination
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification
sizes, source rock quality. Although wetting the surface of a carbonate rock with
water, or mineral oil, permits in depth observation of the rock, some particles, or
particle-matrix relationships still remain obscure until the rock is examined by
transmitted light, plane and/or polarized. Once these features have been
recognized in thin sections, they are frequently detectable in whole fragments, and
only a few thin sections may be needed in the course of logging a particular
interval. It is important to have polarizing equipment available for use in thin
section examination - many features of the rock texture, and some minerals, are
most readily recognized by the use of polarized light.
Insoluble Residues
Carbonate rocks may contain significant percentages of chert, anhydrite, sand,
silt, or argillaceous materials that are not readily detected in the untreated rock
fragments. The study of cherts and associated residues has been a common
practice for many years in certain areas. For routine logging of micro-insoluble
residues, symbols for accessory minerals, should be used.
Versenate Analysis
Versenate analysis is a relatively fast and inexpensive method for determining
quantitatively the calcite/dolomite ratios of given carbonate rocks. The method
has shown merit in the mapping of intimately associated limestone and dolomite.
It is based on the color reactions of a reagent on crushed and sieved carbonate
samples.
2-20
Sample Examination
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification
Clay
Shales and clay occur in a broad spectrum of colors, mineral composition, and
textures. Generally, their identification is done with ease; however, light colored
clay is commonly mistaken for finely divided anhydrite. The two may be
distinguished by a simple test.
Anhydrite will dissolve in hot dilute hydrochloric acid and, when cooled, will
recrystallize out of solution as acicular needles. Clay remains insoluble in the hot
dilute acid.
Chert
Recognition of the more common varieties of chert and siliceous carbonates
generally is not a problem. Weathered chert, however, is often found to be soft
enough to be readily scratched and mistaken for clay or carbonate. Lack of
reaction with acid generally distinguishes this type of chert from carbonates. Clay
and tripolitic chert may require petrographic techniques for differentiation. In thin
sections under polarized light, chert commonly has a characteristic honey-brown
color.
Evaporites
1.
2-21
Sample Examination
Some Criteria and Procedures For Rock and Mineral Identification
2.
Rub a glass rod on the residue in the bottom of a glass test plate and listen
for a gritty sound.
Salts are rarely found at the surface and generally do not occur in well
samples. Unless a salt-saturated or oil-base mud is used, salt fragments or
crystals dissolve before reaching the surface. The best criteria for detecting a
salt section are: (a) the occurrence of salt hoppers (molds of dissolved salt
crystals in other rock fragments), (b) marked increase in salinity of the drilling
mud, (c) a sudden influx of abundant caved material in the samples, (d) a
sharp increase in the drilling penetration rate, and (e) mechanical log
character, particularly the sonic, density, and caliper log. Cores are the most
direct method of determining whether salt is present, but they are not usually
cut in salt sections.
Salts are commonly associated with cyclical carbonate sections and massive
red bed sequences. In the former, they are usually thin bedded and often occur
above anhydrite beds. Potassium-rich salts, the last phase of an evaporation
cycle, are characterized by their high response on gamma ray log curves.
Phosphate
Place on the suspected mineral (either on the hand specimen or on an uncovered
thin section) a small crystal of pure white ammonium molybdate. Allow one or
two drops of dilute nitric acid to fall on the crystal. If the rock contains phosphate,
the crystal rapidly takes on a bright yellow color.
2-22
Sample Examination
Porosity and Permeability
Siderite
Siderite is usually readily distinguished by its characteristic brown color and slow
rate of effervescence with dilute HCl. The mineral often occurs as buckshot-sized
pellets. The presence of siderite or iron dolomite in the same rock with calcite
may be difficult to recognize and the following stain procedure is recommended
for use when such cases are suspected.
The polished face of the chip is immersed for 5 to 10 minutes in a hot,
concentrated solution of caustic potash to which a little hydrogen peroxide is
added at intervals during treatment. The surface is finally washed and dried in the
air. Siderite is stained brown while ferrous dolomite (ankerite) takes a weaker
stain and ordinary dolomite remains colorless; calcite is roughened but is not
destroyed and chamosite retains it green color unless carbonate of iron is present.
This method is equally applicable to powders.
Feldspar
The presence, quantity and type of feldspar constituents can be important in the
study of reservoir parameters in some sandstones, particularly the coarse arkosic
sands or granite washes. Staining techniques, operationally applicable to rather
large etched core (or surface) sample surfaces, allows a better estimation of the
amount and distribution of feldspar grains. The use of sections to make these
estimates is expensive, and often difficult because of the small surfaces provided.
Bituminous Rocks
Dark shales and carbonates may contain organic matter in the form of kerogen or
bitumen. Carbonates and shales in which the presence of bituminous matter is
suspected should be examined by thin section and pyrolysis-fluorometer methods
for possible source rock qualities. Dark, bituminous shales have a characteristic
chocolate brown streak which is very distinctive.
2-23
Sample Examination
Porosity and Permeability
the void space in the rock; permeability is a measure of the capacity of a rock for
transmitting a fluid. Permeability is dependent on the effective porosity and the
mean size of the individual pores; it has a direct bearing on the amount of fluid
recoverable, whereas porosity determines the amount that is present. Generally
the smaller the grain or crystal size, the lower the permeability.
The ability to estimate porosity accurately comes through practice and experience
in examining samples. Although magnification of about 10X is frequently
adequate to detect porosity, higher magnification is often necessary. Pores are
easier to recognize in dry samples than in wet ones. Qualitative estimates of the
pore size range and mean should be made for all porous intervals. Quantitative
permeability measurements are not possible by microscopic examination, but
qualitative indications often may be seen. The speed with which water is absorbed
by a rock fragment is an indication of its relative permeability. Conversely, water
will stand up in a bead on a completely impermeable fragment.
If porosity of any category is observed, it should be thoroughly described using
the proper symbols to denote its relative quality. Additional comments about it
should be made in the remarks column. Samples with porosity should always be
checked for hydrocarbons regardless of whether or not staining is observed on the
rock surface. High gravity oils may leave little or no visible staining on the rock.
A chlorothene or other nontoxic solvent cut should dissolve any trapped
hydrocarbons from the inner pores that have not been previously dissipated.
In siliciclastic rocks three types of porosity are common: intergranular, moldic
and fracture. Intergranular is by far the most common type and the most readily
seen in cuttings. Normally it is difficult to detect moldic or fracture porosity in
cuttings. Moldic porosity, the result of leaching of soluble grains is often difficult
to differentiate from plucked grains. The presence of fragments of coarsely
crystalline vein calcite in cuttings is often the only indication of the occurrence of
fractures.
Porosity in carbonate rocks is generally classified in one of the following
categories: interparticle, intercrystal, vuggy, moldic and fracture. These broad
categories can be further subdivided into such specific types as inter-oolitic,
leached fossil, pel-moldic, etc. These have genetic significance and should be
described in detail on the log. Interparticle porosity, the pore space between
particles of the rock, and intercrystal, that between crystals, usually is not larger
than the particles or crystals. Vuggy porosity, comprising pore space equal to or
larger than the particles of the rock, commonly results from the leaching of
particles, and may have the form of irregular shaped voids.
It is important to record the sizes of vugs, as well as their presence. Where vugs
are as large as, or larger than, the cuttings, the only evidence of their presence may
be the occurrence of crystals, either free, or cemented to a surface which is
actually a portion of the wall of a vug. In this situation it may be impossible to
differentiate vuggy from fracture porosity in carbonate rocks.
2-24
Sample Examination
Porosity and Permeability
2-25
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
2.
B size pores with 10% porosity + A size matrix pores with 7% = total 0
17%.
The Archie terminology defines both lithic rock types as having identical potential
as reservoir rocks although the stratigraphic implications as to the origin of the
rocks are entirely different.
Data emphasizing the petrophysical characteristics of carbonates derived from
Archies classification can be included on sample logs in conjunction with
lithologic descriptions.
2.12 Hydrocarbons
Although petrophysical analysis may give conclusive determination of the
presence of commercial quantities of oil, it is the surface data loggers
responsibility to report and log all shows, and to see that good shows are
evaluated. Positive indications of hydrocarbons in cuttings can be a decisive
factor in the petrophysicists evaluation of a well.
Unfortunately, no specific criteria can be established as positive indications of
whether or not a show represents a potentially productive interval. The color and
intensity of stain, fluorescence, cut, cut fluorescence and residual cut fluorescence
will vary with the specific chemical, physical, and biologic properties of each
hydrocarbon accumulation. The aging of the shows (highly volatile fractions
dissipate quickly), and flushing by drilling fluids or in the course of sample
washing, also tend to mask or eliminate evidence of hydrocarbons. The presence
or absence of obvious shows cannot always be taken as conclusive. In many cases,
the only suggestion of the presence of hydrocarbons may be a positive cut
fluorescence. In other cases, only one or two of the other tests may be positive.
Hence, when the presence of hydrocarbons is suspected, it is very important that
all aspects be considered: the porosity and thickness of the interval, the
petrophysical evaluation, and the quality of the hydrocarbon tests. Listed below
are some of the most common methods of testing for hydrocarbons in samples and
cores that should be used by the surface data logger during routine sample
examination.
2-26
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
2-27
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
Fluorescence
Examination of mud, drill cuttings and cores for hydrocarbon fluorescence under
ultraviolet light often indicates oil in small amounts, or oil of light color which
might not be detected by other means. All samples should be so examined. Color
of fluorescence of crudes range from brown through green, gold, blue, yellow to
white; in most instances, the heavier oils have darker fluorescence. Distribution
may be even, spotted, or mottled, as for stain. The intensity range is bright dull,
pale, and faint. Pinpoint fluorescence is associated with individual sand grains and
may indicate condensate or gas. Mineral fluorescence, especially from shell
fragments, may be mistaken for oil fluorescence, and is distinguished by adding a
few drops of a solvent. Hydrocarbon fluorescence will appear to flow and diffuse
in the solvent as the oil dissolves, whereas mineral fluorescence will remain
undisturbed.
When using the Sperry-Sun API gravity chart to determine the API gravity from
the fluorescence, it must be taken from the unwashed cuttings mixed with water.
By washing the drilled cuttings, some of the oil is washed from the cuttings,
resulting in a brighter and lighter color fluorescence than the actual formation.
With sidewall cores and conventional cores this problem is not as pronounced.
2-28
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
Caution:
Carbon tetrachloride is a cumulative poison and should not be used for any
type of hydrocarbon detection.
To test cuttings or cores, place a few chips in a white porcelain evaporating dish or
spot plate and cover with reagent. The sample should be dried thoroughly at low
temperature, otherwise water within the sample may prevent penetration by the
reagents, thus obstructing decisive results. The hydrocarbon extracted by the
reagent is called a cut. It is observed under normal light and should be described
on the basis of the shade of the coloration, which will range from dark brown to
no visible tint. A faint residual cut is sometimes discernable only as an
amber-colored ring left on the dish after complete evaporation of the reagent. A
very faint cut will leave a very faint ring, and a negative cut will leave no visible
color. The shade of the cut depends upon the gravity of the crude, the lightest
crudes giving the palest cut, therefore, the relative darkness should not be taken as
an indication of the amount of hydrocarbon present. A complete range of cut
colors varies from colorless, pale straw, straw, dark straw, light amber, amber,
very dark brown to dark brown opaque.
The most reliable test for hydrocarbons is the cut fluorescence or wet cut test.
In this test the effect of the reagent on the sample is observed under ultraviolet
light, along with a sample of the pure solvent as control. The sample should be
thoroughly dried before applying the reagent. If hydrocarbons are present,
fluorescent streamers will be emitted from the sample and the test is evaluated
by the intensity and color of these streamers. Some shows will not give a
noticeable streaming effect but will leave a fluorescent ring or residue in the dish
after the reagent has evaporated. This is termed a residual cut.
It is recommended that the cut fluorescence test be made on all intervals in
which there is even the slightest suspicion of the presence of hydrocarbons.
Samples that may not give a positive cut or will not fluoresce may give a positive
cut fluorescence. This is commonly true of the high gravity hydrocarbons which
give a bright yellow cut fluorescence. Distillates show little or no fluorescence
or cut but commonly give positive cut fluorescence, although numerous
extractions may be required before it is apparent.
Generally low gravity oils will not fluoresce but will cut a very dark brown and
their cut fluorescence may range from milky white to dark orange. An alternate
method involves picking out a number of fragments and dropping them into a
clear one or two ounce bottle. Petroleum ether, chlorothene, or acetone is poured
in until the bottle is about half full. It is then stoppered and shaken. Any oil
present in the sample is thus extracted and will color the solvent. When the color
of the cut is very light, it may be necessary to hold the bottle against a white
2-29
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
background to detect it. If there is only a slight cut, it may come to rest as a
colored cap or meniscus on the top surface of the solvent.
Caution:
Hot-Water Test
Place 500 ccs of fresh, unwashed cuttings in a tin or beaker which has a capacity
of 1,000 ccs. Pour in hot water with a temperature of at least 170oF (77oC) until it
covers the sample to a depth of 1 cm. Observe the oil film thus formed under
ultraviolet light and record the amount of oil released using the scale illustrated.
2-30
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
Iridescence
Iridescence may be associated with oil of any color or gravity, but it is more likely
to be observable and significant for the lighter, more nearly colorless, oils where
oil staining may be absent. Iridescence may be observed in the wet sample tray.
Iridescence with oil coloration or staining may indicate the presence of light oil or
condensate.
Pyrolysis Test
When well samples of kerogen-rich rock are pyrolyzed in a thick walled test tube
placed over a propane torch, oily material may be generated and condensed as a
brown residue around the walls of the tube. This simple technique may be used to
identify source rocks capable of generating liquid oil. However, the pyrolysis
technique cannot distinguish between oil source rocks and those sediments rich in
humic matter (carbonaceous shales and coals) which are considered to be
dominately sources for gas. This test is also not responsive to post mature source
rocks. The artificial test-tube generating process is believed to be similar to that
associated with natural time-temperature dependent processes accompanying rock
burial in depositional basins.
Hydrocarbons in organic rich sediments may be determined semi-quantitatively
with a Turner fluorometer. One hundred milligrams of rock is pyrolyzed as above
and the resulting condensation is diluted with 3 milliliters of chlorothene. The
fluorescence of the solution thus produced is recorded in fluorometer units. For a
more
2-31
Sample Examination
Hydrocarbons
2.12.4 Generalizations
No rules of thumb can be used to relate the evidences of the presence of
hydrocarbons to potential production. However, there are some generalizations
that are worth noting.
Lack of visible stain is not conclusive proof of the absence of hydrocarbons.
(Gas, distillates and high gravity oils ordinarily will have no visible stain.)
2. Lack of fluorescence is not conclusive proof of the absence of hydrocarbons.
1.
2-32
Sample Examination
Problems in Interpreting Drill Cuttings
Bona fide hydrocarbon shows will usually give a positive cut fluorescence
(wet cut). High gravity hydrocarbons will often give a positive cut
fluorescence and/or residual cut, but will give negative results with all other
hydrocarbon detection methods. (Minerals which fluorescence will not yield a
cut.)
4. The oil acid reaction test will give positive results when oil is present, but it is
very sensitive and may give positive results in the presence of insignificant
amounts of hydrocarbons.
3.
Recirculation
Recirculation chiefly refers to sand grains and microfossils from previously
drilled rocks which re-enter the hole with the mud stream and contaminate the
rising sample.
2-33
Sample Examination
Problems in Interpreting Drill Cuttings
Cement
Cement fragments in cuttings are easily mistaken for sandy, silty, or chalky
carbonate. However, most cements are of an unusual texture or color, frequently
have a glazed surface, tend to turn yellow or brown when immersed in dilute HCl,
and are usually full of fine black specks. The latter are sometimes magnetic, in
which case the fragments of cement can be removed from the cuttings with the aid
of a small magnet. If the identification of cement is questionable, the well record
should be examined to determine where the casing was set or cement plugs were
set.
Drilling Mud
In examining unwashed or poorly washed cuttings, it is often important to be able
to recognize the drilling muds which were used. An inexperienced surface data
logger may confuse drilling mud with soft clay, bentonite, or sometimes gypsum
or a carbonate. Thorough washing and rinsing in a pan of water will generally
remove most mud contamination. If necessary, lithic fragments can be broken
open to see if the interior (fresh) differs from the surface (coated).
Oil-base and oil-emulsion muds coat the cuttings with oil, and care must be taken
to distinguish such occurrences from formation oil. They are generally recognized
because they coat all cuttings regardless of lithology, rather than being confined to
one rock type. Such contamination can sometimes be removed by washing the
samples with a detergent or with dilute HCl. Ligno-sulfate muds may present
problems in samples used in palynological studies.
2-34
Sample Examination
Problems in Interpreting Drill Cuttings
Miscellaneous Contaminants
Other lithic materials which may be present in cuttings samples and obscure their
real nature, or might be logged as being in place, include rock fragments used as
aggregate in casing shoes.
2-35
Sample Examination
Problems in Interpreting Drill Cuttings
Fusing
Shales drilled by a diamond bit may be burned and fused, resulting in the
formation of dark gray or black hard fragments that resemble igneous rock.
Spread
Spread is the separation of large from small cuttings by relative slippage (also
called elutriation or differential settling) in the mud stream, so that the cuttings of
a rock drilled up into fine chips may overtake the cuttings of a rock drilled up into
coarse chips during their journey up the borehole. This results in the wrong
sequence of rock types or very mixed sample being recovered.
2-36
Sample Examination
Geological Notes
2.14.1 Unconformities
Notation on a sample log of any data which suggest the presence of an
unconformity is important, even though the evidence is inconclusive. Supporting
evidence may be found in nearby wells. In cuttings, the following criteria may
indicate the presence of an unconformity:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
2-37
Sample Examination
Geological Notes
The presence of two or more associated criteria greatly increases the chances that
an unconformity is present.
2.14.2 Environments
Environments of deposition may be interpreted from (1) geometry and
distribution of depositional units, (2) sedimentary structures and lithologic
associations, (3) fossil assemblages. Information from drill cuttings, excepting
fossil assemblages, is often insufficient to allow interpretation of environments.
When a number of control wells are available in a region and sedimentary units
can be traced, it is often possible to interpret at least generalized environments on
geometry and distribution of units, lithologic associations, and in some cases,
electric log shapes. Sedimentary structures and fossils observed in slabbed cores
are the principal physical basis for identifying specific sedimentary environments,
and determining sediment genesis.
Environments are classified with respect to sea level: continental, coastal, marine;
and on the basis of physiography: shelf, slope, basin. Clastic sediments are
controlled by the source of transported materials and the currents which disperse
them; therefore, it is necessary to distinguish between coastal and continental
environments in order to differentiate sand bodies which were formed by different
processes and so have very different shapes and characters. The physiographic
distinction between shelf and basin is important to the understanding of
sandstones which may have been deposited in submarine fans and canyons.
Carbonate sediments are generally best understood in terms of physiography.
Tabular units may be expected to be present on the shelf, and lenticular units, such
as mounds or reefs, form at the loci of major changes in slope; e.g., the shelf
margin. The constituents of carbonate sediments are usually generated locally and
not derived from external sources as are those of siliciclastics, so they may be
found to change character abruptly in response to inherited or constructed
topographic features anywhere in shallow marine environments. The distinction
between continental, coastal, and marine is of lesser importance; most genetic
units in carbonates are marine, although the landward limits of carbonate deposits
may be within the coastal realm. Carbonates formed under subaerial conditions in
a continental environment may not be volumetrically important but they demand
particular attention as indicators of periods of exposure and thus of the intensive
diagenesis which may occur under such conditions.
Description and logging of drilled cuttings and cores is an essential step in
providing data which will contribute to the interpretation of the environment of
deposition and genesis of a sedimentary unit.
Environmental interpretation from cuttings is extremely difficult and more often
than not is impossible. However, in certain exploration areas even gross
designations of basin, shelf, or continental is useful information. More specific
2-38
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2-39
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Binocular Microscope
The lens magnification should range from approximately 9 to 50 diameters.
Magnification should be great enough to reveal the essential structure and texture
of the sample. It should be low enough to reduce eyestrain and to provide a
sufficiently wide field of view for estimating percentages of the rock samples. A
magnification of approximately 9 to 12 diameters is best for routine sample
examination, and 27 to 50 diameters for more detailed study. To reduce eyestrain,
microscopes should be kept clean, properly focused, and in good condition.
Lenses should be cleaned with lens paper; facial tissue, or a very soft, clean cloth
may be used if lens paper is not available. A polarizing attachment for thin section
study is a desirable accessory. Microscopes should be kept lightly lubricated.
Light
Natural or artificial light may be used; however, samples are usually examined
under artificial light produced by one of several types of lamps. A Nikon, Bausch
& Lomb, Zeiss, or American Optical illuminator is recommended, but any lamp
with a blue bulb or blue filter plate may be used. A lamp that produces a
rainbow of colors should not be used as it will tend to mask or distort the true
colors of the sample and will cause eyestrain. Not only should sufficient light be
applied to the sample itself, but the work area around the microscope should be
well illuminated to prevent excessive eyestrain. A gooseneck desk lamp with a
blue bulb produces an excellent light, if a conventional microscope lamp is not
available.
2-40
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
large interval of the well poured into trays for study; in addition, it facilitates the
picking of sample breaks, inasmuch as gradations and variations in lithology are
often readily visible and may be recognized before the samples are subjected to
detailed examination under the microscope.
Ultraviolet box
Surface data loggers should have access to an ultraviolet light box at all times
while examining samples. All porous intervals should be thoroughly checked for
hydrocarbons with this device.
Equipment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Hot plate
Glass slides
Lakeside #70 thermoplastic cement (broken to approximately 1/8 inch pieces)
Glass grinding plate, 1/4 inch 10 inches 10 inches, carborundum stone or
#300 or #400 grit (fine) silicon carbide paper
Carborundum loose grain abrasive (#240, #400, #600 grit)
Tweezers
Procedure
1.
Melt the cement on a glass slide on the hot plate and drop into it one or more
cuttings.
2-41
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Caution:
Remove the slide from the hot plate and allow the cement to harden by
cooling.
Wet the grinding surface and hone a flat surface on the chips. Keep the
grinding surface thoroughly wet by either dipping the slide in a water pan or
by sprinkling additional water on the surface. The glass plate and loose
abrasive method, the wet stone or the carbide paper may be used to make the
thin section.
Dry the slide and place it back on the hot plate.
Using tweezers or a probe, turn over the honed surface of the chip when the
cement melts.
Remove the chip from the hot plate and press the chip (honed surface down)
against the slide as the cement hardens.
Hone the chip down to the desired thinness on the glass plate, wet stone, or
carbide paper (as in Step 3).
Take care in Step 7 not to grind away the mounted chip entirely. It is not
necessary to achieve any critical thinness. All that is necessary is to make
the rock reasonably transparent. Therefore, check frequently by examining
under the microscope. With a new stone, and especially with silicon carbide
paper, the small chips will grind down quickly.
This process is simple in practice, and reasonable proficiency can be achieved
with very few attempts. Using a carborundum stone, the whole procedure takes
less than 10 minutes; when using silicon carbide paper, even less time is required.
Better quality sections result from using a glass plate with abrasives. Covering the
finished section is unnecessary; simply wet the surface while examining.
2-42
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Procedure
Immerse the chips to be stained momentarily in acid, then briefly rinse in
distilled water. (Dipping the chips, held in tweezers, in a spot dish depression
filled with acid then one filled with distilled water is an effective way.)
2. Apply a drop of two of Alizarin Red S to the chip on a spot plate or
impervious surface (or place the chip in the stain) for 45 seconds.
3. Remove the chip and wash off the excess staining solution with distilled
water. Let stand until dry.
4. Examine the chip under the microscope. Calcite will stain red, dolomite and
other minerals will not be stained.
1.
Note: The stain will come off if mineral oil, clove oil, or glycerine is applied to
the samples. It may be removed from samples or thin sections by
scrubbing with warm water and mild soap.
The concentration of HCl in the staining solution is extremely critical. Variations
of a few tenths of a percent will give different contrasts between stained and
unstained areas. It is recommended that each time a new solution is mixed, it has
exactly the same HCl concentration as the solution being replaced. 0.2% HCl
gives a good contrast between stained and unstained areas.
2-43
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
more representative sample. However, since well cuttings are generally the only
source of material available, it is from them that most residues are prepared.
In the preparation of insoluble residues, a measured sample (approximately
10 grams by weight) is placed in a 200-ml beaker to which dilute (12% to 15%)
HCl is added. The first application of acid should be done slowly, to prevent
foaming and overflow caused by rapid effervescence. A few minutes after the
initial application, additional acid may be added. After several hours of digestion,
the samples should be washed once or twice to remove the spent acid, then a
second application of acid should be made. If the sample has only a small
percentage of carbonates, a single application of acid will suffice for total
digestion. Evidence of incomplete digestion will be the presence in the samples of
dolomite fragments with rough surfaces, dolomite rhombs, or rounded limestone
fragments. Finally, the sample should be washed to remove all traces of acid and
prevent scum and caking of the residues.
2-44
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Testing procedure
Crush the sample and collect the portion that passes through a 150-mesh
sieve.
2. Place approximately 0.02 grams of the sample in a 10-ml beaker and wet the
sample with one drop of Aerosol solution.
3. Place the beaker under a mixer with a glass stirring rod and start the mixing
motor.
4. Add 3 ml of the reagent solution to the beaker and start a stopwatch when the
solution comes in contact with the sample.
1.
2-45
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
When the solution turns from blue to pink, stop the watch and record the time
on the Versene Analysis data sheet in the Reaction Time column.
6. The calcite/dolomite ratio is obtained from the accompanying chart. Silica
and argillaceous impurities of less than 30% have no effect on the reaction
time, but the presence of +15% anhydrite decreases the reaction in both
limestone and dolomite.
5.
Time
(sec)
Calc/Dolo
Ratio
Time
(sec)
Calc/Dolo
Ratio
Time
(sec)
100/0
29
57/43
54
32/68
100-106
99/1
30
56/44
55
31/69
107-110
95/5
31
55/45
56-57
30/70
111-114
90/10
32
54/46
58
29/71
115-119
89/11
33
53/47
59
28/72
120-124
87/13
34
52/48
60-61
27/73
125-131
84/16
35
51/49
62
26/74
132-137
80/20
36
50/50
63
25/75
138-146
79/21
37
49/51
64
24/75
147-156
77/23
38
48/52
65-66
23/77
157-168
76/24
39
47/53
67-68
22/78
169-182
75/25
40
46/54
69-70
21/79
183-198
72/28
41
45/55
71-72
20/80
199-218
70/30
42
44/56
73-74
19/81
219-237
69/31
43
43/57
75-76
18/82
238-258
68/32
44
42/58
77-78
17/83
259-285
67/33
45
41/59
79-80
16/84
286-318
66/34
46
40/60
81-82
15/85
319-355
64/36
47
39/61
83-85
14/86
356-402
63/37
48
38/62
86-88
13/87
403-462
62/38
49
37/63
89-90
12/88
463-537
61/39
50
36/64
91-92
11/89
538-630
60/40
51
35/65
93-96
10/90
631-703
59/41
52
34/66
97-99
58/42
53
33/67
100-103
/ /Dolo
2-46
Calc/Dolo Time
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Result
If the rock turns purple, it is calcite or limestone. If the rock remains unchanged, it
is dolomite.
Caution:
Equipment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2-47
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Reagents
Dilute Hydrochloric acid solution. Dilute the concentrated reagent grade HCl
with distilled water (20% HCl by volume).
2. Calcium carbonate - reagent grade (laboratory standard).
1.
Procedure
Construction of the
calibration curve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2-48
Weigh exactly.20,.40,.60,.80, 1.0, and 1.2 grams of reagent grade CaCO3 onto
six pieces of glazed paper.
Remove the top and acid cup from the CO2 cell.
Inspect the CO2 cell to ensure that it is clean and dry.
Slide the paper and sample to the bottom of the cell by holding the cell in a
horizontal position. Raise the cell to vertical and dump the sample onto the
cell bottom. Brush the paper with the small brush to remove traces of the
sample.
Measure and pour 10 ml of 20% dilute HCl into the acid cup and lower it into
the cell. Be careful not to spill the acid and get any of it on the bottom of the
cup.
Be sure the cell O-ring seals and pressure connections are in good condition.
Use a light coating of vacuum grease on the O-ring seals.
Tighten the cell cap being careful not to splash acid onto the sample.
Open the bleeder valve until a 0 pressure reading is obtained.
Close the bleeder valve tightly.
Tip the cell and allow the acid to run out of the cup onto the sample. Swirl
the acid and sample gently. Keep the reactants in the lower part of the cell. If a
mechanical shaker is available, agitate for 20 minutes. If not, swirl
continuously by hand until a constant pressure is obtained. (Avoid getting acid
into the pressure gauge.)
Plot the grams of CaCO3 versus pressure on regular graph paper. Figure 2.2)
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2-49
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
12.
Compute the average slope of the calibration curve by obtaining from the
curve two high pressure readings (P2 - P1) and corresponding weights
(W2 - W1). Compute the slope using the following formula:
P P
W2 W1
2
1
Slope = -------------------
Repeat the slope calculation for two low pressure readings and corresponding
weights. Finally, using the two slopes just computed, compute the average
slope using the following formula:
Slope + Slope
2
1
2
Average Slope = ---------------------------------------
Testing of drill
cuttings
13.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Note: As soon as the cell is tipped to start the reaction, observe and record the
rapidly rising pressure at its peak reading. Record this as the CaCO3
pressure. If dolomite is present there should be a slight pause, then a
second rise in pressure. Keeping in mind that the dolomite reaction is
slow, swirl the cell and allow sufficient time for the reaction to complete.
The reaction is assumed to be complete when the pressure stops
increasing and remains constant (approximately 15-20 minutes). This
final pressure value is the total CaCO3 plus dolomite pressure.
8.
Note: Allow sufficient time for the reaction to complete (i.e., when the pressure
stops increasing with time and remains constant, approximately 15-20
minutes). Refer to Figure 2.3 for interpretation of the recorded data. From
Figure 2.3, the first pressure peak is due to CaCO3 and the final pressure
is the total CaCO3 plus dolomite pressure. The CaCO3 pressure peak is
not as well defined for higher dolomite concentrations (for dolomite
2-50
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
concentrations approaching 100% the Figure 2.3 curve begins to look like
the Figure 2.4 (b) dolomite curve). Take care in determining CaCO3
pressure when dolomite concentrations are high. Use the following
formulas for calculating the CaCO3 and dolomite percentages.
% CaCO3 =
% dolomite =
2-51
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Figure 2.4
Troubleshooting
Leaks in the pressure system are probably the greatest source of potential trouble.
Periodically inspect and replace if necessary, the CaCO3 cell, O-rings, and seals.
On models with pressure recorders, also check the fittings and tubing CaCO3 cell
to the recorder. A serious leak will show up during a test as a decay in pressure
after the normal pressure build up from the CaCO 3 reaction. To check for leaks,
pressure the instrument up to 10 to 12 psi (use the CaCO3 and HCl reaction), and
let the instrument stand at least one hour. Pressure should not decease unless leaks
are present.
The second source of potential trouble is lack of agreement with the Calibration
Curve or degrade performance. Tests conducted in the laboratory on the CaCo3
cell with the recorder indicated an overall accuracy of +/= 5% even with a
portable balance (10 mg precision). If there are no leaks in the system, but
performance is questionable with the following:
Check for a sticking pressure gauge or recorder malfunction, consult the
Rustrack manual for the recorder.
2. Make sure the balance is clean and free of corrosion on the weighs and pan.
Shield the balance from any air currents and vibrations as much as possible.
3. Check the CaCO3 cell for contaminants. Be sure the cell is clean and dry.
4. Check for impurities in the reagents. Moisture in the CaCO3 standard will
introduce an error.
1.
2-52
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2-53
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
expulsion through a sufficient permeability pipeline and the time for this escaping
to take place. In this case, the shales will become compacted and firm, and the
pore pressure and matrix stress will be normal. Except for abrupt changes in the
sand/shale lithology, a plot of Shale Factor versus depth in the ideal situation
show a continuous decline in montmorillonite with depth and the age of the
formation.
It is the departure from the normal water squeezing with depth and time trend
that gives Shale Factor it potential. Wherever completion of this phase of
diagenesis has been slowed or interrupted for whatever reason and is not still
occurring, generally a higher than normal montmorillonite content is encountered
and its corresponding higher than normal water content. This condition has its
attendant drilling problems associated with the abnormal pore pressure or
subnormal matrix stress. Rather than over-simplify the situation by alluding to an
impermeable seal or cap, it seems more reasonable to picture this as a
dynamic situation with diagenesis still occurring releasing new fluid but faster
than the fluid can escape. This fundamentally, makes the Shale Factor technique
an abnormal pressure detecting scheme. So, abnormal montmorillonite for a
given depth must first be present for abnormal water content to exist. Further, to
prevent rapid leak-off, there must be an absence of permeable lithology which is
also verified by Shale Factor. (Other methods of pressure detection are all based
on indirect measurements or secondary properties that occur as a result of this
incomplete and presently occurring diagenesis; and these include increasing
conductivity, decreasing resistivity, increasing sonic travel time, decreasing
density, increasing drillability, increasing gas content, increasing temperature
gradient, and decreasing salinity. These are not independent and are altered or
masked by minor changes in lithology.)
This is not meant to imply the other parameters are not useful. However, Shale
Factor has its greatest value in correctly interpreting this other data in the light of
its more positive identification of clay mineralogy and shale versus sand lithology.
Also, Shale Factor is one of the few properties of the formation or cuttings that are
not altered by exposure to the drilling fluids.
Shale Factor logging experience indicates that there are few pure shales or
clean sands in the formations that are drilled. There are instead sandy shales or
shaly sands, and it is next to impossible for even an experienced geologist or
surface data logger to correctly identify cuttings as one or the other by looking at
grains under the microscope. Attempts to correlate drilling breaks with lithology
by calling a drilling break a sandier section can be wrong about half the time as
these drilling breaks also occur in wet shalier sections. Shale Factor provides a
more precise number for this shaliness versus sandiness of a formation. A wet
clay might have a Shale Factor as high as 15 to 20, whereas a relatively clean
saltwater sand might have a Shale Factor as low as 5.
2-54
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Equipment
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Wash and screen sloughings from a shale sample from the shale shaker.
Place the shale samples on the hot plate and cook off all the water from the
sample.
Grind the dry sample in the mortar and pedestal until it is a fine powder.
Run the magnet through the sample to remove any metal particles which may
be in the sample.
Sift, do not force, the sample through a 200-mesh sieve.
Measure 1 gram of sifted cuttings.
Add the 1 gram of sifted cuttings, 10 ml of distilled water, 15 ml hydrogen
peroxide, and 0.5 ml of sulfuric acid to the Erlenmeyer flask.
Boil gently for 10 minutes.
Dilute the solution to about 50 ml with distilled water.
Add methylene blue solution to the flask in .5 ml applications. After each
addition, swirl the contents of the flask for about 20 seconds, and while the
solids are still suspended, remove one drop of fluid with the glass stirring rod
and place the drop on the filter paper. The end point of the titration is reached
when the dye spreads as a greenish-blue ring or tint around the spot of dyed
solids.
When the blue ring or tint is detected around the spot, shake the flask an
additional 2 minutes and place another drop on the filter paper. If the blue ring
is again evident, the end point has been reached. If the ring does not appear,
continue as before until a drop taken after shaking for 2 minutes shows the
blue tint.
2-55
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
12.
Report as follows:
Methylene blue used (ml) 1.425 = Methylene blue capacity (FMBT)
Equipment
2-56
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
4.
5.
6.
Pour 200 ml of sodium polytungstate, the heavy solution, into the graduated
cylinder.
Add the distilled water very slowly, decanting it onto the inside wall of the
cylinder, until a total volume of approximately 330 ml is reached.
Slowly lower the cleaning basket, containing the beads, until the sample
retriever rests on the bottom of the cylinder. (Drop in the beads if the cleaning
basket is already in the cylinder.)
Slowly lower the stirring rod to a point about two inches below the beads. Lift
the rod quickly about three inches. Wait for the beads to stop moving.
Slowly lower the rod to a point no closer than three inches to the bottom of the
cylinder. Lift the rod quickly to a point no closer than two inches from the top.
Wait for the beads to stop moving.
If the beads span less than three 20 ml graduations, mix again in the above
fashion.
Note: Use only upward strokes to mix. Always wait for the beads to settle
between strokes. Never mix the top and bottom ends of the column
It is very easy to mix too much rather than too little. Be sure not to mix
the bottom three inches or the top two inches of the column with the
stirring rod. Be patient. Time is very effective at smoothing out an
initially uneven density gradient.
Add the extended low range beads now if desired.
8. Slowly add distilled water, decanting it against the cylinder wall as before to
reach a total of 350 ml.
7.
Column Calibration
1.
Prepare a piece of graph paper with 10 10 divisions per inch for use as a
calibration graph.
a
If using the regular set of calibration beads, along the long edge of the
paper mark out a suitable span of 100 ml of column height, using a scale
of one inch per 10 milliliters. Start with the 10 ml division below the
lowest bead at the left margin of the graph.
Along the width of the paper graph 2.15 - 2.85 g/cc, using a scale of one
inch per 0.1 g/cc. See Figure 2.5.
2-57
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2.
If using the extended set of beads, prepare the graph paper as shown in
Figure 2.5. Along the side, mark off 1.6 - 3.0 g/cc using a scale of one
inch per 0.2 g/cc. Along the bottom edge mark from 20 to 340 ml as
shown in Figure 2.6, using a scale of one inch per 40 milliliters.
Draw guidelines, if desired, opposite the density of each bead to be used. This
will aid in quick plotting of the calibration graph. See Figure 2.5.
a
Draw the guidelines for the lighter beads along the left margin.
Draw the guidelines for the heavier beads along the right margin.
The densities of the calibration beads are given on the envelope in which
they are contained. They may vary slightly from those given in Section
6.20.2.
2-58
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
4.
5.
Plot the height of each bead in column milliliters using the markings on the
cylinder.
a
Read the height with your eye at the same height as the bead to avoid
parallax error.
Plot the graph in pencil so that you can replot the same graph as the
column shifts.
Plot each point as a dot and circle it. X out any point improperly
plotted. See Figure 2.6.
Your shale densities will be more accurate if you draw a smooth line
instead of just connecting the points. This is because there is some error in
the density of the calibration beads.
Typically the line should flatten out at one or both ends and be fairly
straight throughout the middle section.
If the points do not make a suitable curve, slowly insert the stirring rod and
make one or two strokes upward through the uneven areas.
a
Remember the curve will become smoother and more stable with time.
Try to leave it alone.
2-59
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Remember the beads will usually not move upward and they will usually
not move closer together.
If a single bead is too high a short stroke downward, beginning above the
bead and pushing down on it, will cause it to move downward in the
column.
2.
2-60
Replot the calibration graph whenever there have been noticeable changes in
the positions of the beads. It is a good practice to replot the calibration graph
every two days during continuous drilling.
a
Erase the penciled curve and plotted points, and reuse the same prepared
graph paper.
Do not plot beads resting at the bottom or floating at the top of the
gradient mixture.
Write the date and time on the new plot each time one is made.
Lift the cleaning basket very slowly. Plan to take almost a minute to lift
the basket from the bottom to the top of the column.
Remove the shale and beads, clean the beads, and replace the beads in the
cleaning basket.
Just as slowly, lower the basket back to the bottom of the column.
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Beads on the top or bottom of the column cannot be graphed. And, if shale floats
or sinks, its density cannot be measured in the gradient column. The areas above
the highest suspended bead and below the lowest suspended bead cannot be used.
Remember that a new column is not stable so you should plan ahead. Mix a new
column when first arriving on the site, before it is needed, and if it is necessary to
replace an old column, plan to do it, whenever possible, while the bit is off bottom
for at least a few hours.
Technical Tricks
Avoid unnecessary exposure of the column to ultraviolet radiation and
vibration. Keep the column out of the sun and cushion it from vibrating
machinery. In the logging unit, if light is a problem, shape a cardboard tube
from a paper towel roll so that you can put it around the graduated cylinder
when it is not in use.
2. Avoid inferior quality cuttings such as so-called gumbo shale. Not only will
these give unreliable readings, but they will hydrate and clog up the column.
Any time scum builds up in the column, the surface data logger should make
sure, when making density readings, that the shale particles have freely found
their own level without sticking to other material.
3. It is theoretically possible to raise the column by adding sodium polytungstate
to the bottom of the column. To do this use at least 16 inches of Tygon tubing
and a Sand Content Funnel to afford sufficient hydrostatic pressure to raise
the column.
1.
For the most consistent density readings when the drilling mud system is using a
water-based mud, follow these recommendations.
1.
2-61
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Caution:
Do not handle the cuttings with your fingers. The oils in the skin will
contaminate the density readings. Use tweezers to handle the individual
cuttings.
2.
Under the microscope, select suitable bottom hole cuttings. See Figure 2.7.
a
Avoid cutting sloughed from the sides of the hole. These may appear
smooth on one side or be flat rather than angular.
Select bottom hole cuttings. They may appear slightly changed in color, if
the bit is drilling a new formation.
Note: Do not attempt to measure the density of very porous shale (so-called
gumbo shale). Such shale absorbs the gradient fluid very quickly and thus
no true density can be determined. The high water content of the shale
also quickly contaminates the gradient solutions.
3.
2-62
Note 1:
Note 2:
Avoid cuttings sloughed from the sides of the hole. These may appear
smooth on one side or be flat rather than angular.
Note 3:
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Using Cuttings
Recovered from
Oil-Based Mud
This procedure is basically the same as when using water-based drilling fluid,
although oil-based mud allows more consistent readings. The extended low range
calibration beads may be needed since samples become available at shallower
depths.
Use normally washed and screened cuttings
2. Select suitable cuttings as with water-based mud.
1.
2-63
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
3.
Note: If waiting time must be inserted, leave the cuttings submerged in the base
oil of the mud during the waiting period.
Using Dry Cuttings
A good shale density gradient can be obtained using dry cuttings so long as dry
cuttings are consistently used. It is much harder to select suitable cuttings once the
shale has been dried. Cracks and crevices become a major difficulty.
The density readings are harder to make since the cuttings absorb the gradient
fluid after they have reached a first equilibrium. Hence, unless unavoidable, the
use of dry cuttings is not recommended.
1.
Using tweezers, release one cutting immediately above the surface of the
mixture and wait for it to come to rest in fluid of the same density.
Note: The cuttings will normally fall quite rapidly at first, then begin to slow as
it nears fluid of the same density. It will have carried a halo of less dense
fluid with it, which will disperse in a few seconds.
Read the level of the midpoint of the cutting about four seconds after it has
slowed to near motionlessness. Immediately use the calibration graph to
figure the density.
3. Do not record unreliable readings. The following are such indications:
2.
4.
5.
Discard the highest reading and the lowest reading, and average the
middle three.
If you vary this procedure, note the variation in writing on the data sheet.
Note any known changes during the interval which could affect shale
density readings as comments on the data sheet. Include changes in
lithology which affect density readings.
Dealing with
Inconsistencies
If you vary the above procedures, do so consistently and note the variation in
writing on the data sheet.
2-64
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
Replot the calibration graph whenever there have been noticeable changes in the
positions of the beads. It is a good practice to replot the calibration graph every
two days.
Do not attempt to second-guess your results. Make predictions, but remain
objective by following the established procedures.
Note: The accuracy and reliability to the shale density graph is directly
determined by the consistency and careful method of the surface data
logger.
2-65
Sample Examination
Equipment, Special Techniques and Procedures
2-66
Show Evaluation
Gas Determination from the Drilling Mud
Chapter 3
Show Evaluation
When an oil or gas reservoir is drilled, a drilled interval of rock fragments and the
formation fluids that it contains are carried to the surface. If it was possible to
reconstruct these fragments and fluids at reservoir temperature and pressure, and
if the fragments and fluids were the only source in the borehole, it would be
possible to determine, the quantity, type and productivity of the fluids contained in
the reservoir.
This highly desirable hypothesis remains beyond practical achievement. A
reservoir is a highly complex system whose stability is distorted even prior to
being drilled. The addition of material from the borehole wall and radical changes
in temperature and pressure in transit to the surface will change the composition
of the sample. At the surface, variable efficiencies and characteristics of the
surface extraction and analytical equipment will lead to further compositional and
concentration changes as the sample proceeds to final analysis.
Quantitative determination using Mud Log gas shows is, and will remain, an
impossibility. On the other hand, when used as qualitative formation evaluation
tool, the Mud Log is essential and irreplaceable. It is not the intent of this manual
to propose changes in surface data logging technology or procedures, but to
examine the physics and chemistry underlying the basic gas extraction and
analysis process.
3-1
Show Evaluation
Gas Determination from the Drilling Mud
3-2
Show Evaluation
Gas Determination from the Drilling Mud
Simultaneously, as the sample of mud is being pumped through the trap, the
whirling action of the impeller whips air from the atmosphere inside the canister
into the mud. These bubbles of air tend to become united with the tiny molecules
of gas entrained in the mud and being much larger, develop a size having a surface
tension sufficiently low to be released from bondage by the drilling mud. These
bubbles of air thus serve as a carrier by going into the mud, uniting with the gas
and carrying the gas out of the mud into the atmosphere of the canister.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The trap should be located as near as possible to the discharge of the flowline,
or at least in a way so that it will have immediate access to the mud returning
to the surface. See Figure 3.2.
The trap should be located in an open atmosphere. The trap discharge must
have immediate access to fresh air. This may not always be possible on some
rigs.
If difficulty is experienced with lost circulation material, removing the flange
on the trap bottom sometimes helps maintain a steady flow of mud.
Keep the locking screw on the adjustment jack tight after adjustments are
made.
Mud should not be discharging from the trap in an intermittent manner but
should exit in a continuous flowing manner.
3-3
Show Evaluation
Gas Determination from the Drilling Mud
Agitator Motor
Vacuum Line
Air Port
Return Flowline
Gas Trap
Ditch
(Possum Belly)
To Mud
Logging
Unit
Shale Shaker
To Mud Pit
Desander
Settling Pit
3-4
Show Evaluation
Gas Determination from the Drilling Mud
Vacuum Pump
Pressure Regulator
Input
From
Ditch
Exhaust
Detector
Filter
and
Dryer
Flowmeter
Milliameter
Chart Recorder
Figure 3.3 Gas Analysis System
In the logging unit, the flow is kept constant by the Total Hydrocarbon
Conditioner, and the flow rate is read on the flowmeter. The flow is split either
two or three ways, and the majority of the flow is discharged back to the
atmosphere.
The optimum flow of air from the trap is 6 to 8 cubic feet per hour (cfh). The total
flow meter is a small flowrater, calibrated to read directly in cfh of 0 to 10 cfh.
The flow is adjusted by an adjustment knob in the flowrater and should be kept at
6 to 8 cfh which will be maintained at this constant by the regulator. More volume
of the air-gas mixture than is necessary for detection is drawn from the trap in
order to minimize the lag time between the arrival of a show at the surface and its
detection.
It now becomes apparent that a reliable gas detecting technique demands that the
number of influencing variables be kept in control. Ideally, only the amount of gas
in the mud and its corresponding reading should be variable. For this reason, it is
important that the trap consistently pump a constant volume of mud, that the
amount of air drawn through the trap be maintained at a constant, that there be no
leaks or restrictions in the flow system.
3-5
Show Evaluation
Origins of Gas Shows
3-6
Show Evaluation
Origins of Gas Shows
3.2.1 Definitions
Prior to considering these complex factors, it is necessary to define the usage of
the term gas show as it is to be used in this manual. To do this it will be
necessary to define also the terms background gas and circulation gas.
Although apparently self-explanatory, these terms are commonly given multiple
uses in the industry.
Circulation Gas
This is the value of gas seen by a gas detector when circulating under normal
conditions, meaning a clean, balanced borehole with drill pipe in the hole and
rotating but with the bit off bottom and with no vertical movement. Under such
conditions some gas will be present in the sample drawn from the mud stream, but
it will represent only contamination or recycled hydrocarbons in the mud.
Background Gas
When drilling through a consistent lithology, it is common for a consistent gas
value to be recorded. Certain lithologies (for example, overpressured shales) may
show considerable variation in the background gas. Background gas may be
observed to vary with drilling, mud or surface conditions without any change in
lithology or formation hydrocarbons. This should always be given consideration
in both formation and hydrocarbon evaluation.
Gas Show
This any deviation in gas, amount or composition, from the established
background. This may or may not accompany a change in lithology, may or may
not indicate a significant or economic hydrocarbon accumulation. In other words,
Gas Show is a term describing an observed response on the gas detector, having
no causal or interpretive significance.
It is common for the surface data logger to be asked, What is a good gas show?
The answer to this is complex and relates to many factors beyond the simple
number of gas units seen. To decide whether a gas show is good or poor,
i.e., whether or not a significant hydrocarbon accumulation is indicated, requires a
total evaluation of all mudlogging parameters plus consideration of the many
variable system conditions.
The manner and extent to which shows will manifest themselves varies so greatly
among the many different regions that it is impossible to set even a general set of
requirements which must be met to qualify a show for additional evaluation or to
3-7
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
3-8
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
3-9
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
Figure 3.5 Effects of Temperature, Pressure, and Salinity on the Solubility of Gas in Water
3-10
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
3-11
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
The imperfect gas law allows the computation of the volume occupied by a
specific quantity of gas at varying temperatures and pressures (Figure 3.8). The
converse of this would indicate that a fixed volume of pore space, as defined by
porosity, hole diameter, and footage, would contain different quantities of gas at
different depths, i.e., temperatures and pressures. The result will be that, with
increasing depth, equal volumes of pore space, i.e., porosity and gas saturation,
will produce greater volumes of gas into the mud stream. See Figure 3.9.
3-12
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
Although the reservoir will contain a percentage of bulk volume as void space,
only a proportion of these voids will be interconnected in such a way as to provide
a flowpath, i.e., effective porosity. Permeability is related, since a lithology with
zero effective porosity would also have zero permeability. However, the two are
not directly related since one, effective porosity, is a measure of the quantity of
connected voids whereas the other, permeability, is a measure of the quality of the
interconnections. See Figure 3.7.
Nevertheless, where a formation lacks effective porosity and/or permeability, only
a fraction of the pore fluids contained in it will be liberated to the mud stream
during drilling, i.e., only those contained in pores exposed by the crushing
process. If porosity is not effective, other pores within the cuttings will remain
intact and retain their contained fluids. If permeability is poor, but the effective
porosity is good, fluid will be lost from the pore spaces, but only slowly - some
being retained even at the surface. In either case, analysis of the fluids retained in
the cuttings is essential in estimating the total hydrocarbons in place and the
ability of those hydrocarbons to flow out of the formation.
Evaluation of cuttings gas is also essential in determining the gas content of
non-reservoir rocks which are known to have little or no permeability or effective
porosity, e.g., shales and mudstones. Although such rocks are rarely of interest in
terms of petroleum accumulation, they are known to be the source of most
formation fluids, both water and hydrocarbons. This is due to their high initial
content of water and organic debris which is lost in diagenesis due to compaction
and thermo-catalytic degradation.
Analysis of hydrocarbon content in shale cuttings can be of value in determining
the presence of both mobile and potential hydrocarbon sources. Enrichment of
hydrocarbons will also occur in shales where rapid sedimentation has prevented
dewatering and hence hydrocarbon displacement, resulting in abnormal formation
pressures.
It should also be remembered that in a potential reservoir where a mixture of
fluids is present, (water and/or oil and/or gas), the reservoir will have an effective
permeability to each fluid less than that to each if present alone. Some attempt to
reconstruct the character of the fluids in place will be advantageous in estimating
the nature of eventual production from the reservoir.
Relative permeability can be defined as the effective permeability of a reservoir to
a fluid (i.e., the actual rate at which that fluid will flow), when one or more other
fluids are present, as a fraction of the permeability of the reservoir to that fluid
when it is present alone under the same conditions. The effective permeability to
each phase will be a function of the number of phases present, the proportion of
pore volume occupied by each phase, the chemical composition and physical
properties of each phase and the degree of continuity of each phase. See
Figure 3.10.
3-13
Show Evaluation
Sources of Gas in Mud
3.3.5 Summary
It would appear that such complex interactive processes are at work as to hamper
any estimate of quantity and type of fluids in place from a surface gas analysis.
3-14
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
3.4.1 Flushing
It is well known that where the borehole pressure exceeds the formation pressure,
and permeability exists, the drilling fluid will tend to flush into the formation. If
the solids diameter is sufficiently high, filtration will result. Mud filtrate will flush
3-15
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
into the formation, leaving a clay filter cake which eventually becomes dense and
thick enough to be sufficiently impermeable to prevent further filtration
(Figure 3.11). Such flushing commonly causes little formation damage since
invasion takes place only a short distance into the formation. However, where
effective porosity is low, only a small volume of flushing may give a large
diameter of invasion. Displacement of gas some distance from the borehole in this
way may so reduce the reservoirs gas saturation and effective permeability to gas
close to zero in the vicinity of the borehole. Thus a zone which gives good gas
shows when drilled will appear water-bearing or recover only mud filtrate when
logged or tested.
3-16
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
This effect can be accentuated when dispersed clay or clay cement is present in a
reservoir. If the clays are diagenetically immature, i.e., so-called swelling or
mixed layer clays, invasion of mud filtrate may result in swelling or
recrystallization of clays within the pore space, drastically reducing both
permeability and effective porosity within the reservoir adjacent to the borehole.
Flushing will also take place at the bottom of the hole when an overbalance exists
(Figure 3.11). In this circumstance no permanent mud filter cake can be formed
due to the continuous action of the drill bit. Flushing below the drill bit will have
most effect when the reservoir has high permeability and effective porosity. The
differential pressure to the advantage of the borehole combined with high impact
force due to the jet nozzle pressure drop will force mud filtrate into the formation
ahead of the bit. Dependent upon the relative horizontal and vertical
permeabilities of the formation, the contained formation fluid may be displaced
ahead of or to the side of the bit's path.
When the formation is eventually drilled, little or no gas will be liberated. At the
surface a flat, unresponsive gas curve will be seen which may even indicate less
gas than in nearby formations. Since permeability is high, the reservoir will return
to its natural state soon after drilling, and an apparently water-bearing reservoir
may later be logged or tested as productive.
Common good drilling practice in minimizing mud weight and water loss will be
advantageous in reducing flushing, but, to aid in the interpretation of such
anomalies, the surface data logger should have sufficient information on the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pump pressure
Jet nozzle sizes
Mud rheology (Plastic Viscosity and Yield Point)
Mud weight and ECD (Equivalent Circulating Density)
Mud filtrate (water loss)
Evaluation of the flushing ability of the mud combined with the susceptibility of
the formation to flushing should guide the surface data logger in the correct
evaluation of the gas curves.
Compared with mud gas, high cuttings gas may indicative of poor permeability or
effective porosity. The lithological description should indicate which. Where a
combination of mud gas and lithology description indicate good permeability,
flushing is to be expected. This may result in simple fluid displacement or more
permanent physical or chemical damage. (See Figure 3.12)
3-17
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
3-18
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
Like the Shale Factor test, differential salinity is a tool which can be used. So long
as a sufficient salinity differential exists between the drilling mud and the
formation fluids, the drilling of a high porosity formation containing water should
be indicated by a noticeable, though not extreme, change in mud salinity and
hence resistivity.
3-19
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
Casing
Casing
Drilling fluid is
displaced by intruding
formation fluid (Oil,
Gas or Water)
Gas in
Sandstone
Gas bearing
cutings
Oil in
Sandstone
Gas in
Sandstone
Figure 3.13 Comparison Between a Gas Kick and a Large Gas Show
3-20
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
Casing
Gas in
Sandstone
Oil in
Sandstone
3-21
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
3-22
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
Permeable
(Sandstone)
Impermeable
Weak Matrex
(Shale)
Bottomhole pressure, when circulating is higher than when the mud is static. This
is due to annular pressure losses when circulating. It is, therefore, possible for a
feed-in, caving or even a kick, to result due to a resultant underbalance when
circulation is stopped. Furthermore, pressure if further reduced due to the
so-called swabbing effect when the drill pipe is moved upward, e.g., when making
a connection. The literal meaning of swabbing is the pulling of a full gauge tool
from the hole, acting like a plunger in a syringe and initiating fluid flow into the
borehole. Swabbing by moving the drill string does work in this way. When the
drill pipe is pulled upward, the high viscosity gelled mud will attempt to move
with the pipe, thus reducing the effective hydrostatic pressure acting on the
borehole wall. Pressure reduction is a function of pulling speed, mud rheology and
annular diameter. The important consideration is that pressure reduction takes
places not just below the bit but at all points in the open hole.
Downtime gas or connection gas is a gas show resulting from the momentary
underbalance due to the pumps being shutdown and/or pipe movement. It can be
recognized by the occurrence of discrete gas show appearance at, or slightly less
than, the lag time after circulation recommences. This is gas actually being
produced by the formation and the value should be reported on the log as it is
indicative of formation permeability and fluid content. The surface data logger
should also check a flowline mud sample when a connection gas occurs for
evidence of produced oil or saltwater with the gas. The incidence of connection
3-23
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
gas should also be reported to the drilling foreman who may choose to increase
the mud weight in response to the indicated underbalance.
It is important to remember that the whole open hole section will be
underbalanced by swabbing. The connection gas may not come from the bottom
of the hole but from some horizon above. In fact, two or even more connection
gases may result from a connection. For this reason, it is important that lag time
and annular velocities should be accurately known by the surface data logger so
that connection gases can be identified with the producing formation and the mud
log annotated accordingly.
Drilling into a permeable reservoir with an underbalance is potentially dangerous,
as a kick may result. Even if a kick does not immediately occur, the hazardous
situation will be marked by an increasing feed-in as more formation is drilled,
accompanied by progressively larger connection gases. This condition should be
reported by the surface data logger and noted on the mud log. If increases in mud
weight alleviate or remove the effect, this should also be noted on the mud log in
explanation of the consequent reduction in gas.
Where a balanced or even overbalanced condition exists, it is still possible for
formation fluids to move into the borehole. Normally, this will occur only where
reasonable permeability exists in the formation. The mechanism involved is an
interchange of fluids between the formation and the borehole, either by diffusion
of lighter hydrocarbons or by the flushing of mud filtrate into the formation,
displacing fluids out at some other point. Even though a permeable formation will
be flushed with mud filtrate during and shortly after drilling, it is possible for
some lighter gaseous hydrocarbons to move back into the flushed zone. This may
be due to gaseous diffusion or to the mixing of mud filtrate with formation water
containing dissolved gas. Where an impermeable mud filter cake has not yet
formed or when the filter cake is removed by stabilizers, bit, or pipe movement,
this gas-bearing mud filtrate may interchange with the mud in the annulus and be
carried to the surface, resulting in a low, continuous gas background (Figure 3.17).
3-24
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
3-25
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
It should be remembered that the fluid contained in this influx may not be
representative of the total fluids in place, but will be, in effect, produced fluids
under a highly energetic water drive. In fact, depending upon mud rheology,
hydraulics, overbalance and formation permeability and effective porosity, more
fluid may be flushed from the formation in this way than would be produced by
drilling it. If drilling stops and circulation continues, this formation sweeping
effect will continue and mud gas will be seen to remain relatively constant,
declining only slowly as the formation becomes depleted progressively further
from the borehole.
The effect would appear to behave very much in the same way as a bleed-in.
There are, however, dissimilarities which indicate the presence of a different
mechanism. Once sufficient exposed formation exists to allow sweeping, only
increases in formation porosity, permeability or mud hydraulics will increase the
gas seen at the surface. The steady increase with drilling progress characteristic of
a bleed-in will not be seen, nor will a connection result in large or increasing
connection gases. Most significantly, if the bit is lifted off bottom to a point above
the fluid invasion point to a position where normal flushing has produced an
impermeable filter cake, the mud gas will show a rapid decline to normal with
further circulation, i.e., sweeping no longer takes place.
Trip gas is a complex phenomenon. At best it can be said that it is a combination
of some or all of the above fluid invasion mechanisms. Nevertheless, regardless of
the producing mechanism, it is true that one or more gas shows will be seen when
breaking circulation after a trip, coming from the bottom of the hole or the open
hole section above it. This gas has been produced from the formation and the
surface data logger should report it on the mud log, and lag it back to the probable
originating formation and test mud samples coincident with the gas shows for
produced oil or water.
Care should be taken in anticipating kelly cut and recirculated trip gas. Kelly
cut is the result of air being pumped around from a partly empty drill string. This
will appear at the surface after the in/out lag (bottoms up plus down pipe volume)
has passed from the time circulation commenced. Air will be compressed under
borehole hydrostatic pressure, resulting in a slug of aerated mud being pumped
from the bit and up hole. The increased tranmissivity of this aerated fluid will
assist in any sweeping of diffusion processes active in the open hole especially
since immediately after a trip any mud cake stripped during the trip in will not yet
be fully reformed. The aerated mud will thus be enriched with formation
hydrocarbons and produce a gas show at the surface. The presence and magnitude
of this indicate the presence of permeable hydrocarbon bearing formations
downhole, but is of little diagnostic value beyond this.
In a dry hole, i.e., where the kelly cut picks up few or no hydrocarbons, confusion
may arise due to the arrival of the kelly cut, causing visible gas-cut mud at the
flowline while the surface data logger reports no gas. An experienced surface data
3-26
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
logger will learn to anticipate arrival of the kelly cut and will report the fact to the
driller.
Recycled trip gas, connection gas, or any other gas show will behave in a similar
manner to kelly cut, producing an extended gas show. Similarly, oil accompanying
a trip gas may, if not checked on its first occurrence, return and be incorrectly
logged as a deeper oil show. The experienced surface data logger should anticipate
gas show recycling by knowledge of the total circulation time of the circulation
system.
3-27
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
It would appear that the height of the cylinder of cut formation is not relevant
since the mud log is a depth-controlled plot, and gas readings are plotted foot by
foot as the well progresses. This is, in fact, a misapprehension and a formation
identical in all ways will produce higher mud gas readings if drilled at a higher
rate of penetration (Figure 3.20).
3-28
Show Evaluation
Factors Influencing the Amounts of Gas in Mud
The reason for this is very simple and relates to the way in which the gas curve
from the chart recorder is translated to a gas curve on the depth-based mud log. It
is normal practice for the surface data logger to mark lagged depths onto the chart
recorder; these depth marks will be more or less evenly spaced according to the
uniformity of the ROP, i.e., the time/depth relationship. Slowly drilled intervals
will be more spread out, quickly drilled intervals closely spaced.
It is mathematically provable that the amount of gas passing through the gas
detector over any depth interval is equivalent to the area defined by the gas curve.
Only if the interval is very small can it be said that the quantity of gas is
proportional to the height of the gas peak, since the duration is so short. Thus, if a
fixed quantity of gas is introduced into the gas detector over two differing time
intervals, the high gas reading of short duration, (e.g., high ROP) and the low gas
reading of long duration (e.g., low ROP) will define similar areas. If only the
height of the gas curve is considered, the longer duration reading would be
interpreted as a lesser quantity of gas. For this reason, the magnitude of a gas
show should never be considered alone as an indication of reservoir quality
without, at least, some reference to and consideration of the rate of penetration.
The second factor controlling the volume of the cylinder of formation cut is the
hole diameter. Although this will not vary extremely over the commonly used bit
sizes, it should be remembered that the volume of the cut cylinder will vary as the
square of the hole diameter (Figure 3.21). It should also be remembered, in
conjunction of the two factors, that in general, smaller diameter bits will drill less
quickly than larger bits, thus reducing expected gas shows accordingly.
3-29
Show Evaluation
Circulating System
The cylinder of rock cut by the bit is not cut as a whole but as cuttings. The size
of teeth on the bit, which is governed by both bit type and bit size, will control the
size of cuttings produced. Where cuttings are smaller and more numerous,
formation fluids will be more easily liberated from non-effective porosity and
inferior permeability, giving improved gas shows.
As mud flow rate increases, the volume of gas and cuttings contained in a fixed
volume of mud will decrease. Conversely, the volume of mud passing the gas trap
will increase. The net effect should be zero. In fact, the complex geometries and
variable efficiencies of the various parts of the system will introduce some
variations, but the overall effect is probably not that great. Mud flow rate will not
3-30
Show Evaluation
Circulating System
vary greatly within any hole size or in relation to hole size within hole sections.
This further removes the severity of this effect.
Upon entering the drilling fluid at bottom under high pressure, high temperature
and the influence of the bit turbulence, the gas and oil which are still retained
within the cuttings will be finely dispersed or dissolved in the drilling fluid. As the
mud travels up the annulus and the temperature and pressure fall, gas will come
out of solution, expand and be released from the cuttings and form larger bubbles.
Droplets of oil will release dissolved gas and accumulate into larger globules in
the mud. This process has its major effect in the final stage of travel, i.e., the top
500 feet of the borehole. Here, the temperature and pressure are at their lowest and
falling fastest. Also, the mud is traveling more slowly and uniformly at the
maximum annular diameter. This is especially true offshore where most or all of
the 500 feet consists of a large-diameter marine riser subjected to seawater
cooling.
As shown above, with increased depth, equivalent volumes of gas in place will
result in increased volumes of gas to the surface. If hole size and mud flow rate
are constant, the increased volume of gas on expansion will disperse through a
greater length of borehole annulus. For this reason, although deeper reservoirs
may liberate more gas into the mud stream, the net result may not be gas shows of
higher magnitude but similar shows of longer duration.
Where permeabilities are high, escape and accumulation of fluids in this way is
rapid and requires little time. However, in medium to low permeabilities, high
annular velocities due to high flow rates or low annular diameters, especially
when coupled with high mud viscosities, will reduce the time spent in this critical
section and increase the degree of turbulence in it. The result of this will be
increased retention of gas and oil in the cuttings, i.e., high cuttings gas analyses
relative to mud gas, and greater retention of gas and oil in solution and fine
suspension in the drilling fluid, lowering mud gas extraction and hence detection.
3-31
Show Evaluation
Surface Influences on Gas Shows
3-32
Show Evaluation
Surface Influences on Gas Shows
3.6.1 Flowline
It is well known that a high degree of degassing takes place in the conductor and
flowline. In a good gas show with extensive gas cutting of the mud, gas-produced
foam can often be seen bubbling at the bell nipple. Loss of gas from the mud to
the atmosphere will also occur extensively in the flowline, especially where
(Figure 3.24).
Geometry of the ditch will be of considerable effect in the volume of mud and gas
available to the gas trap. Location of the flowline entry, direction of major flow
and the degree of turbulence will all affect the efficiency of the gas collection
system.
3-33
Show Evaluation
Surface Influences on Gas Shows
maintenance and good operation. The trap and its immediate surrounding should
be kept clear of cuttings, debris, settled debris or mud caking, all of which may
restrict or modify the flow of mud and air through the trap (Figure 3.25).
Motor
Malfunction
Weak Vacuum
Trap Blocked
with Cuttings
Ditch Blocked
with Cuttings
Damaged Impellor
Mechanical efficiency of the trap is controlled by the rotational speed and surface
area of the trap impeller, strength of the sample pump vacuum and the flow rate of
air from the trap. Physical condition and submersion depth of the trap and
impeller should checked regularly. The surface data logging unit should be
equipped to monitor continuously the current drawn by the impeller motor,
vacuum and sample flow rate.
Even when installation and maintenance of the gas extraction system ensures
maximum mechanical efficiency, there will be variations in the overall efficiency
of extraction and the magnitude of gas shows. This will depend on the
composition of gas present, distribution of gas in the mud, viscosity and gel
strength of the mud, and the mud flow rate.
3-34
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
gas (all combustible fractions). However accurate the analysis, we are still
dependent upon the same sample which, as has been seen, bears only indirect and
unpredictable relationships with the volume of gas contained in the formation.
The value of the gas unit as a quantitative measure is also reduced by limitations
of the calibration technique commonly used.
The Gas Chromatograph is designed to analyze only for a specific group of
compounds (methane through pentane). Calibration of the GC is therefore easily
achieved by introducing a mixture of these compounds of known composition into
the chromatograph.
The Total Hydrocarbon Analyzer, on the other hand, is required to analyze a
mixture of unknown composition and constitution. It is commonly the practice to
calibrate the THA with a single gas standard (i.e., methane) of known
composition.
Since only a small volume of gas actually passes into the detection systems, it is
essential that this volume be maintained at a uniform rate to avoid fluctuations in
the detected values. This is done by drawing a large volume of gas from the gas
trap into the logging unit and diverting the excess needed by the detection
systems.
3-35
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
suction pit sample when a drilling break occurs or during regular time intervals
during the surface data loggers tour is the best that can be done.
The sample must be taken from the suction pit, not the return pit since this pit will
contain higher gas readings. It is a good idea to catch two samples each time.
If the interval to be evaluated is thick enough that more than one complete
circulation is completed before the bottom of the zone is encountered, then
another set of background mud samples must be caught. After drilling any oil
and/or gas zone, an additional amount of gas is entrained in the mud. Only time
and dilution will lower these gas readings.
When catching the sample, the bottle must be submerged, mouth down, to a depth
of approximately six to eight inches. Then with the bottle still mouth down in the
mud, the top is then screwed on. The sample bottles should be completely full.
Keep the samples, top down, at all times until there is time to run the sample
through the Steam Still. If not, some of the gas will escape around the top of the
sample bottle. The samples can be stored until there is time to run them with very
little loss of gas from the bottles if they are handled correctly.
3-36
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
Water Level
Return
Water Hose
Power Cord
Injection Screw
Gas Removal Port
Pop Off
Valve
Water Resouvior
Coolant Water Pump
Condenser
Water Hose
Pressure
Guage
Water Level
Guage
Water
Feed Pump
Boiler
Within the mixing chamber the mud is swept with steam that carries gases and
heavier hydrocarbons into the reflux unit. The steam then condenses on the water
jacketed surface of the reflux unit. All the condensing water and oil rolls back into
the mixing chamber; air, and other gases are swept to the top of the reflux unit and
captured there. The inner surface of the condensing jacket is covered with a thin
film of condensing water that flows back into the mixing chamber. Droplets of oil
will condense and collect on this film of water and also flow back into the mixing
chamber. The portion of the reflux unit above this water jacket will remain hot and
the walls essentially dry. This distinct separation of condensing water and oil with
3-37
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
the gases in the top of the reflux unit eliminates the possibility of the gases
redissolving in the condensing water and oil.
The hydrocarbons that are dissolved in the mud sample, are eluted by the steam
and come off in the order of their vapor pressures. Only a small quantity of steam
is necessary to strip methane from the mud sample; but, larger quantities are
needed to strip heavier hydrocarbons. To strip heavier hydrocarbons the reflux
unit condenses large amounts of steam which has passed through the mud sample.
After reflux action has been carried out for at least four minutes essentially 100%
of the normal butane and any lighter hydrocarbons will be stripped from the mud.
During the time that the reflux action is taking place, that is water is flowing
through the condensing jacket, all gases will be swept to the top of the reflux unit.
When the flow of water in the water jacket is stopped and the refluxing action
ceases, gases that are trapped in the top of the reflux unit will disperse throughout
the unit as the unit and mixing chamber all come to the same temperature.
Operating Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
3-38
Turn on the Steam Still and allow it to reach its working pressure (minimum
of 10 psi, preferably 15 psi).
Start the water flowing though the water jacket.
Insert a glass syringe, without the plunger, through the top of the reflux unit.
Allow all the excess air to be purged from the reflux unit. You should see
water and air violently jetting from the syringe. This will take approximately
1 to 2 minutes. When air leaving the chamber is no longer audible, pull the
syringe out. Then insert the syringe with the plunger, when air does not move
the plunger, the chamber is properly purged.
While the reflux unit is purging, agitate the mud sample, by shaking the bottle
or by tapping it on the heal of your hand.
Drain the excess water from the mixing chamber.
Withdrawn 5 ml of mud from the sample bottle with a 5 ml syringe, ensure
that a full 5 ml of mud is withdrawn.
Slowly inject the 5 ml mud sample in the injection valve.
Set the timer and allow the reflux action to continue for 4 minutes, and do not
allow the boiler pressure to drop below 10 psi.
Draw into a dry syringe, approximately 1 ml of air. Insert the syringe in the
top of the reflux unit. Force the air into the reflux unit and allow the pressure
in the reflux unit to return the air and whatever gases are trapped in the top of
the unit. The plunger will rise until steam in the unit begins to condense in the
needle of the syringe. At this point, if the plunger does not read 5 ml on the
syringe, tapped the plunger with your finger until more gas enters the syringe.
This may take several taps, but eventually the syringe will have 5 ml of
sample. Once 5 ml of sample is in the syringe, grasp the plunger and barrel of
the syringe and remove it from the top of the reflux unit.
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
Run the syringe under cool water for a minute to completely condense any
water. With the needle down, tapped the syringe until all the water is at the
bottom, then slowly eject all the water from the syringe.
11. Go to the LS-2000 command terminal and enter the volume factor and depth
data (C C 10, 11, 12 and 13).
12. Inject the sample into the chromatograph. Start the chromatograph as soon as
the sample is completely injected.
13. Drain the mixing chamber, purge the reflux unit and prepare the next sample.
10.
3-39
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
gas-in-mud when the well was drilled. A comparison of the plots led to two ideas:
the first being that the magnitude of ratios of methane to each of the heavier
hydrocarbons is essentially the same and the second is that the slope of the lines of
these plotted ratios are nearly the same.
The similarity seen in the comparison of the plots of the ppm logs and wellhead
gas analysis data show that a simple correlation could be made between the Steam
Still Reflux samples and interpretation of the in place formation content.
A more detailed study of the correlations of the ratios has indicated the following
principles:
Productive dry gas zones may show only C1 but abnormally high shows of C1
are usually indicative of saltwater.
2. C1/C2 ratios between 2 and 15 indicate oil.
1.
3.
4.
5.
Values in the range of 2 to 4 indicate low gravity oil. (10-15 on the API
gravity comparison scale.)
Values in the range 4 to 8 indicate medium gravity oil (15-35 on the API
gravity comparison scale.)
Values in the range of 8 to 15 indicate high gravity oil (35 + on the API
gravity comparison scale.)
Values in the 15 to 20 range indicates gas rich in heavies, and would most
likely be associated with condensate.
A hydrocarbon with a value greater than 65 indicates a light gas, most C1,
but the low permeability nature of the formation makes it non-producible.
The slope of the line of all plotted ratios indicates if the zone will be produce
hydrocarbons only or hydrocarbons and water. Line slope also provides some
indication as to the formation permeability.
a
3-40
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
If any of the line segments have a negative slope, down and to the right,
hydrocarbons and saltwater is indicated.
A steep line slope indicates reduced permeability and the steeper the slope
the lower the permeability. Steep is a relative term but the dashed lines
separating the gas, oil, and non-producible areas of the graph are there for
comparison.
Oil plots whose line slope is somewhat steeper than the middle
dashed line indicates low permeability.
Oil plots whose line slope is equal to or less than the middle dashed
line indicates good permeability.
Gas plots whose line slope is somewhat steeper than the top dashed
line indicates low permeability.
Gas plots whose line slope is equal to or less than the top dashed line
indicates good permeability.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Show Report No. - label this blank numerically if this is a show report.
Depth Interval (MD)/(TVD) - enter the top and bottom depth values of the
Zone of Interest or Show, whichever is the case.
Well Name - enter the well name or OCS-G number if offshore.
Location - enter the offshore block number
Operator - enter the name of the operating oil company.
Hole Diameter - enter the current bit diameter.
Bit Type - enter the current bit type; X the appropriate box.
Reported Prepared By - enter the logger's name who logged the Zone of
Interest or Show.
Report Delivered To - enter the person you delivered the report to. This
would be the geologist even if you verbally gave him the report over the
phone.
Date - abbreviate or spell out the month rather than using a number value.
Time - enter the hours and minutes using a 24 hour clock.
New Orders - what the rig operation was after detecting the show.
Max ROP @ _____ ft - depth where the maximum ROP occurred.
Max Gas @ _____ ft - depth where the maximum gas occurred.
Max Cl @ _____ ft - depth where the maximum chlorides occurred.
3-41
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
3-42
At Max Gas, the visual sample percentages were: ____ % ____ enter the
cuttings percentages and types seen in the interval (up to four types and
percentages).
The reservoir rock was a ____ - enter the reservoir rock of the zone of
interest or show.
-colored ____ - enter the color or colors of the reservoir rock.
The gain (crystal) size was ____ - the size or sizes of the reservoir rock.
and the grain shape was ____ - the shape of the grains of the reservoir rock.
Approximate visual porosity was ____% - estimate the visual porosity of
the reservoir rock.
and the visual permeability was ____ - estimate the visual permeability of
the reservoir rock.
Grain sorting was ____ - enter the sorting of the grains or crystal (i.e., poor,
moderate, fair, well).
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
and the rock cement was ____ - if the reservoir rock was cemented, enter
the type of cement holding the fragments together.
The porosity type was ____ - enter the type of porosity of the reservoir rock
(i.e., intergranular, intraparticle).
and the secondary components in the rock fragments were ____ enter only
the secondary components in the rock fragments of the reservoir rock, not the
secondary rock types in the entire sample.
The rock hardness was ____ - the hardness of the reservoir rock.
and the sample contamination was ____ any type of contamination of the
sample (i.e., metal filings, pipe dope).
Depth - enter the depth of any gas-in-air chromatograph readings that were
taken during the interval.
Gas - enter the mud gas reading for the above depth (mark the appropriate
box for units or percent readings).
C1 - enter the C1 ppm reading (in thousands) for the above depth.
C2 - enter the C2 ppm reading for the above depth.
C3 - enter the C3 ppm reading for the above depth.
C4 - enter the total C4 ppm reading for the above depth.
C5 - enter the total C5 ppm reading for the above depth.
Oil Fluor y/n - mark the blank with a yes or no if any oil fluorescence was
noted in the sample for the above depth.
Cut Fluor y/n - mark the blank with a yes or no if any cut fluorescence was
noted in the sample for the above depth.
The liquid hydrocarbon was first detected at ____ ft - the top depth that any
liquid hydrocarbons were detected.
and continued through ____ ft - the bottom depth that any liquid
hydrocarbons were detected.
The liquid phase of the mud was ____. - enter the base of the drilling fluid
(i.e., water, mineral oil).
The liquid hydrocarbon occurred in the form of ____ enter the type of
liquid hydrocarbon detected (i.e., gas condensate, oil).
and was present in the ____. - was the liquid hydrocarbons detected in the
mud, washed cuttings and/or unwashed cuttings.
When the ____ (was/were) mixed with water and studied in the UV box, enter which of the three above samples were mixed with water and studied in
the UV box.
the liquid hydrocarbon covered ____% of the surface of the water - enter
what percent of the water fluoresced.
The oil was ____ in color, - enter the color of the oil as noted in unwashed
cuttings mixed with water.
exhibited a ____ fluorescence - enter the color of the oil fluorescence as
noted in the unwashed cuttings mixed with water.
and had an approximate API gravity of ____; - enter the API gravity closest
to the color of the oil fluorescence as compared to the API Gravity Scale.
3-43
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
odor was ____ and staining (was/was not) present - enter any hydrocarbon
odor that was noted (i.e., none, very faint, faint, strong). Cross out the
appropriate response pertaining to any staining that may have occurred in the
samples.
66. The cuttings exhibited a ____ cut - enter the type of solvent cut
(i.e., streaming, blooming, crush).
67. that was ____ in color - enter the color of the solvent cut (i.e., clear, straw,
light brown, brown).
68. with a ____ fluorescence. - enter the color of the cut (i.e., cream/white,
yellow/green).
65.
3-44
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
3-45
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
3-46
Show Evaluation
Show Evaluation
SUCTION ppm - enter the suction pit ppm readings for the plot depth. If
any components are not present, enter NA.
24. SHOW ppm - subtract the suction ppm's from the flowline ppm's and enter
the results here.
25. HYDROCARBON RATIOS - enter the C1/C2, C1/C3, etc. ratios here.
26. PRODUCTION ANALYSIS - mark the appropriate box for the production
type the ratios indicate.
23.
3-47
Show Evaluation
Determination of Oil in the Cuttings
3-48
Show Evaluation
Evaluation of a Cuttings Oil Show
Allow the solvent to evaporate; if oil was cut from the sample a fluorescent ring
will be left in the dish. A blank solvent spot may be used for comparison. Samples
should be checked again for fluorescence after they have dried. Some oils are
more easily seen under the UV light in dry samples.
Examination of carbonate cuttings requires a somewhat different approach and
additional considerations. Foremost is the fact that almost all limestones and
dolomites exhibit some kind of mineral fluorescence. For this reason oil
determination must depend almost entirely upon a fluorescent cut in a leaching
agent rather than on fluorescence of untreated cuttings. The type of porosity
usually found in carbonate rock is such that the cuttings themselves may be dense
and have only one face that is part of the wall or a crystal-lined fracture that has
been in contact with the oil. The cuttings in the sample tray should be studied for
new and different types of fluorescence and these pieces picked out and placed in
the spot plate. Under the microscope, pick out the cuttings indicating porosity and
put them in the spot plate. Place the spot plate in the UV box and while observing,
carefully spray chlorothene onto the cuttings. A strong cut should not be expected.
In fact, an oil cut consists of no more than a flash or fluorescent leaching only
immediately after application of the solvent. Add 10% hydrochloric acid to break
down the cuttings and help liberate any oil present. Allow the solvent to evaporate
and examine for a fluorescent ring.
Do not use solvent from rubber stoppered bottles or medicine droppers as the
rubber will add fluorescence to the solvent, making it unfit for oil determination.
A hypodermic syringe is best for dispersing the chlorothene, a glass dispensing
bottle may be used. Periodically check the solvent for contamination.
Rig oils and greases must be examined for their fluorescence. Care must be
exercised to determine that the fluorescence or cut is coming from within pieces
of sample and not just from the overall surface. This will reduce chances of
mistaking rig oil for crude oil. Before the oil in the cuttings evaluation entry is
completed on the data sheet, the cuttings should also be examined under the
microscope to obtain some idea of the sample porosity, staining and oil source.
3-49
Show Evaluation
Evaluation of a Cuttings Oil Show
Qualifying factors with which the above results should be tempered would be
dispersion of the analyzed sample in the mud column which is in itself dependent
on depth, mud characteristics, actual grain size, density, hole conditions and the
degree of cementation of the individual particles of the cuttings. In spite of the
mechanical factors, the quality of the show and massiveness of the member
containing the show are the important reservoir characteristics to be gained from
this analysis of the cuttings.
Therefore, the evaluation of the show in the cuttings becomes a matter of first
evaluating the show within individual cuttings which do exhibit a show and then
interpreting that evaluation in the light of the factors affecting the percentage of
these cuttings present in the sample. This allows the logger to arrive at the
following table for evaluation or rating of the show:
Table 3.1 Quality of Show in Those Cuttings Which Exhibit a Show
Little or no
porosity, little or
no staining, weak
fluorescence,
cuts only after
crushing
Some visible
porosity, fair
visible porosity,
fair fluorescence,
cuts by
discoloration
Trace
Trace-1
Show-2
25% - 50%
Trace-1
Show-2
Show-3
50% - 75%
Trace-1
Show-2
Good show-4
Show-2
Show-3
Good show-4
Percentage of
show-containing
cuttings in the
sample
Good porosity,
good visible,
staining, good
fluorescence,
streaming cut
The Table 3.1 is a chart that applies considerations of both quality and quantity as
a guide for placing a rating on the above described oil show in the cuttings. It is
conceded that specific knowledge of and experience in a particular area should
supersede the application of this chart. However, in the absence of such
information or any other circumstance surrounding the occurrence of the show,
the logger should use the chart to arrive at a final evaluation to place the show of a
cuttings sample. Also, he should take into consideration any extraordinary
circumstances that temper his rating. Tar or deal oil alone should never be give a
value greater than 1/2, regardless of the amount present. A TRACE of live crude
oil should never be given a value less than 1.
Theoretically, if a 2-foot thick sand is drilled, the samples returning to the surface
would contain 100% of this sand until the end of the interval passes over the
shaker and then the samples would abruptly change to whatever follows the sand.
Therefore, if the sand contained a GOOD SHOW it should be logged accordingly
for two feet, though the formation might be barren above and below. In practice,
however, zones are never this clearly defined even at a shallow depth. Actually, at
a fairly shallow depth, the hypothetical sample above might indicate only 50%
sand for the two foot interval with the balance of the sand from this interval
3-50
Show Evaluation
Evaluation of a Cuttings Oil Show
trailing off showing decreasing percentages for the next several samples. In a
deeper well, the sample from this same sand might indicate only 25% of the sand
the balance will trail off over an even longer interval. Thus, it is easy to see that
evaluations based on percentages alone will lead to an erroneous representation.
More correctly, the quality of the show should be logged, letting the depth
intervals delineate the thickness or extent.
Cuttings oil shows can be described using Table 3.2 below and the following
guide:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Distribution
Poor
Fair
Good
No visible stain
p
fr
g
n vis stn
Shade
uni
scat
sp
str
frac
Hue
Very light
Light
Medium
Dark
Very dark
v lt
lt
m
dk
v dk
Green
Yellow
Brown
Black
Fluorescence intensity
Distribution
Faint
Dull
Bright
No fluorescence
Uniform
Scattered
Spotty
Streaked
Fracture
fnt
dull
bri
n flor
Shade
gn
yel
brn
blk
uni
scat
sp
str
frac
Hue
Very light
Light
Medium
Dark
Very dark
Uniform
Scattered
Spotty
Streaked
Fracture
v lt
lt
m
dk
v dk
Blue
White
Yellow
Orange
Gold
Brown
bl
wh
yel
or
gold
brn
3-51
Show Evaluation
Determination and Evaluation of an Oil Show from Mud
Immediate
Fast
Slow
Lazy
2 Discoloration cuts
Very slow
Slow
Moderate
Fast
3 Crush cuts
Poor
Fair
Good
Streaming
Cut
strm
cut
Milky
Hazy
mlky
hzy
Crush
crsh
3-52
Show Evaluation
Determination and Evaluation of an Oil Show from Mud
million (ppm) oil-in-mud were detected with UV light; 15 ppm oil-in-mud were
easily detected.
The mud sample for study must be collected at the point of nearest access to the
well head. Usually this point is at the flowline. This is necessary in order that the
mud will have a minimum exposure to the atmosphere. The sample must never be
taken from the discharge of the trap or after passing through the shaker screens.
Fill a pyrex mud sample dish about one third full of mud. Add sufficient water (of
no fluorescent impurities) to make the mud thin. Place the sample in the UV box
immediately and with the door closed, look for distillate fluorescence which
usually disappears almost as soon as it reaches the surface. Stir several seconds
with a glass rod while examining the mud sample under the UV light. In stirring,
be sure to stir around the edges of the dish near the surface of the mud as some
crude oils tend to adhere to the dish. Be sure your eyes become accustomed to the
darkness of the viewing box before stirring and examining the sample. This is
especially important on bright, sunny days. The mud sample should be allowed to
stand until the time for collecting the next sample and another examination of the
sample made for any new fluorescence.
In many cases oil appears to blossom and spread on the surface of the mud. High
gravity crude oil shows usually appear as droplets which seem to pop out of the
mud followed by and leaving a flower of fluorescence on the surface of the mud
sample. An approximation of the gravity of the oil comprising the show may be
made from the color and type of fluorescence. The color may range from white or
very light blue for high gravity; dark yellow or almost brown fro that of low
gravity crude. The fluorescence of paraffin base crude will usually fall more in the
blue range while that of asphaltic crude will exhibit more of the yellow to brown
cast.
Since rig oil and greases will fluoresce under the UV light, a collection of these
oils and greases on a small stick will help to identify fluorescence from these
sources. A white light is provided in the UV box to assist in identifying such
contamination as well as to assist in the complete examination.
Each time the UV box is turned on, it should be checked to ensure that all four
tubes are burning. The ultraviolet light in the UV box must be checked
periodically and sufficient intensity maintained.
Because of contamination by rig oils and grease and by oil recirculated in the
mud, it is necessary to examine mud samples at regular intervals, even while
coring, in order to locate any new fluorescence which might be caused by crude
oil; otherwise, the new fluorescence might go unnoticed because of the
contaminating fluorescence from oils and grease.
The use of different types of oils in the making of oil emulsion muds, makes it
imperative that the mud be examined at regular intervals. Only by doing so can
the fluorescence from a new show be distinguished from the normal fluorescence
3-53
Show Evaluation
Determination and Evaluation of an Oil Show from Mud
of the mud. Arrangements should be made with the mud engineer to notify the
logger of any new additions of oil to the mud.
Sometimes, cuttings samples are not readily available because of sand reaching
the surface being finely divided, lost circulation material, hole conditions or fast
drilling rates. In such cases, it is necessary to rely more on mud samples and in
order to do so, the logger must have been examining the mud samples regularly.
Accurate and logical evaluation of oil shows in the drilling mud is realized mainly
by experience. Numerical evaluation of the oil shows in mud is normally a matter
of visual comparison of a particular show with the known results of other shows
that have been observed. The logger should have previously gained as much
information from those already observed within the same or closely related areas.
The oil shows are evaluated on the basis of the percentage of the mud covered by
oil and tempered by such things as drilling rate, depth, gas readings, lithology, rate
of mud circulation and mud properties. In the interest of maintaining as much
uniformity as possible between various logging jobs and between individuals, the
evaluation below should be used:
Table 3.3 Fluorescence Evaluation
% Surface Fluorescence
Trace
Up to 25%
Show
25% to 50%
Good Show
50% to 75%
A TRACE of live crude should never be given a value of less than T. A rating of a
GOOD SHOW will be rare, and should only be given to a show accompanied by a
good drilling break, increase in gas readings, and a good show of oil in the
cuttings. No more than a TRACE should be given a show accompanied by only a
small amount of gas increase or no increase al all.
These suggestions are not intended as ironclad rules, since practices and greater
knowledge of certain areas may dictate variations. They are intended to serve only
as a guideline to standardization of the evaluation given to a show throughout all
operating areas and as aids to the logger to serve in the gathering of information
on remote wildcats where little previous information is known.
3-54
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Chapter 4
Well Control
The control of formation pressure during drilling, completion and work over
operations.
The loss of well control is often a subtle and unnoticed event until it has suddenly
become a threat to life, property and environment. Today, wells are being drilled
at faster penetration rates, with lower mud weights, deeper, and in deeper water
than ever before. Your ability to recognize the warning signs of kicks and
potential blowouts, and to assist with the execution of correct and safe well
control practices is important. Your life, as well as the success of the operation in
which you are involved, may depend upon your knowledge of well control
technology.
4-1
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
used to measure the amount of space in the rock that contains fluid. Sand
generally has a greater potential for causing a kick than does a shale because,
(1) the volume of rock occupied by fluid is greater than in a shale (porosity), and
(2) the ability of the fluid to move through rock (permeability) is higher than it is
for a shale. The third factor controlling kick severity is the amount of
underbalance. The greater the amount of underbalance, the easier it is for
formation fluids to flow from the formation into the wellbore.
Kicks are commonly labeled by several different methods. For instance, the same
kick may be labeled at various times as a 20-barrel kick (the amount of influx that
occurred prior to the time the well was shut-in), a gas kick (the type of fluid
influx), or a 1 ppg kick (the increase in mud weight necessary to control the kick).
4-2
TVD
9,000 feet
MW
10.0 ppg
Hole Size
8.5 inches
Formation pressure
Drill collars
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Assume the driller wants to pull 5 stands (94 ft/stand) between hole fills. Can he
do so safely?
Solution:
1.
Calculate the total fluid displaced by 5 stands of drill pipe. Drill pipe
displacement,
bbl/ft
2.562 bbl
4-3
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
The formation pressure has been previously given as a 9.9 ppg equivalent.
Calculate the formation pressure in psi.
Formation pressure (psi)
Since the driller pulled 5 stands without filling the hole, the hydrostatic
pressure of the fluid in the hole was reduced by 21 psi. The hydrostatic head
of the mud now in the hole is:
4,680 psi - 21 psi = 4,659 psi
The difference between the new hydrostatic head (HH of mud with hole not
full) and the formation pressure is:
4,659 psi - 4,633 psi = 26 psi
Twenty-six psi is the safety factor, working for the driller while pulling
5 stands between hole fills. Each set of conditions requires separate
calculations, so this analysis must be carried out on a case-by-case basis,
considering each of the different pipe sizes and hole diameters to be used.
Drill collars displace considerably more hole fluid than does drill pipe. Therefore,
when drill collars (or Hevi-Wate) is being pulled, more frequent hole fills are
required than for drill pipe. Assume the hole data being used in this example is the
same as that used in the previous example.
Assume the driller wants to pull 3 stands of drill collars between hole fills. Can he
do so safely?
Solution:
1.
Calculate the total fluid displaced by 3 stands (90 ft/stand) of drill collars
DC displacement
4-4
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
2.
DC capacity
= ID2 .0009714
= 2.52 .0009714
= .006 (bbl/ft)
3.
11.2 bbl
.0285 bbl/ft
392 ft
What is the hydrostatic pressure reduction as a result of the fluid level drop?
The fluid level has dropped 293 feet. Hence, the hydrostatic pressure
reduction is:
392 ft. .052 10.0 ppg = 204 psi
The formation pressure is given as being a 9.9 ppg equivalent.
FP
The hydrostatic head of the mud in the hole is now equal to the hydrostatic
head of the mud when the hole was full minus the pressure reduction caused
by the pipe displacement.
HH
The hydrostatic head of the mud with the hole not full is:
HH - pressure reduction (psi)
4,680 psi - 204 psi = 4,476 psi
4-5
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Therefore, the hydrostatic head of mud in the hole after pulling 3 stands of
drill collars is 4,476 psi, and our formation pressure is 4,633 psi. Thus,
leading to an influx of formation fluids.
The lesson to this story is two-fold:
Frequent hole fills while pulling drill pipe is a good practice, especially when
drilling close to balance. The MMS requires that the hole be filled with fluid
before a bottom hole pressure reduction of 75 psi occurs or no more than
5 stands of drill pipe, whichever provides the least reduction.
2. Pipe which displaces a lot of mud due to its wall thickness (such as drill
collars or Hevi-Wate) will demand more frequent hole fills, not only to
comply with the law, but for personnel and rig safety as well. A good practice
is to fill the hole every stand or continuously when pulling large drill collars
or Hevi-Wate drill pipe.
1.
The MMS requires that the hole be filled with accurately measured volumes of
mud. This implies that two things must be done: (1) the pipe displacement must be
calculated, and (2) a method must be devised to accurately measure the mud
volume used to fill the hole. The two most common methods for doing this are trip
tanks and pump stroke counters.
A trip tank is a small tank with an accurate calibration scale which can be used to
measure the amount of mud entering and leaving the tank. On some trip tanks, the
calibration scale is accurate enough to read mud volumes to the nearest tenth of a
barrel. The trip tank may be placed at a height greater than that of the flowline to
allow it to fill the hole by gravity feed. If the trip tank is not placed at the flowline
height or higher, a centrifugal pump may be attached to the trip tank so that the
pump can pump mud continuously through a fillup line. Another line is placed on
the BOP stack at a height slightly greater than that of the fillup line. The trip tank
pumps mud into the annulus continuously and any overflow is returned to the trip
tank via the return line (Figure 4.1).
The volume required to fill the hole can be easily seen by using the calibration
scale and recording the drop in the fluid level of the trip tank as pipe is removed
from the well.
The second method commonly used is to periodically fill the well with mud using
the rig pump and to count the number of strokes the pump runs while filling the
hole. The number of strokes that will be required to fill the hole should be
predetermined before a trip is begun by using the following formula:
Strokes to fill = Pipe displacement volume (bbl)
pump output (bbl/stk)
Example: Suppose the driller wishes to pull 5 stands of drill pipe between hole
fills. The pipe displacement volume for the 5 stands is 3 barrels, and
4-6
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
the rig pump output is .2 bbl/stk. How many pump strokes are
required to fill the hole?
Strokes to fill =
Figure 4.1
.3 bbl
.2 bbl/stk
= 15 strokes
Trip Tank
If the hole fails to take the calculated amount of mud (either by strokes or by level
decrease in a trip tank), formation fluids are entering the well and corrective
action should be taken immediately.
Swab Pressure
Swab pressure is pressure created by pulling the drill string from the hole. Swab
pressure acts like a negative hydrostatic pressure, thus causing reduced bottom
hole pressures (BHP). If the BHP becomes less than the formation pressure, an
influx of formation fluids can occur. There are a number of factors upon which
swab pressures depend. Some of these are:
1.
4-7
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Mud flow properties, especially the yield point and gel strength.
3. Hole geometry.
4. Balled-up equipment (bits, collars, stabilizers.
2.
Hole swabbing is very easy to recognize. First a hook load indicator may show
more drill string weight than what the string actually weighs. Although drag may
depend on any number of factors, it is an immediate tip-off that potential hole
swabbing can be taking place. Hole swabbing can be detected by watching the
fluid level as pipe is pulled from the hole. If the fluid level does not fall enough or
if the fluid seems to be following the pipe as the pipe is pulled, swabbing is taking
place. Again some remedial action must be taken immediately. Swab pressures
can become severe enough at times so that a BHP reduction of several hundred psi
may occur. This is a very common phenomenon in gumbo shale and happens
because some of the drilling assembly has become caked with gumbo. As the pipe
is removed from the hole, the balling that has taken place on the drilling assembly
acts like a piston, which impedes the flow of mud required to fill the void created
as the pipe was pulled.
It is common practice to pull up into the casing, put the rig in high-high gear
and gel that pipe on the floor in a hurry. Swab pressure is exerted at every point
in the open hole below the bit. Pipe speed should only be increased if sufficient
swab pressure versus pipe speed data is available with which to determine
maximum safe pipe speeds. Remember bottom hole pressure is critical, if swab
pressure reduces it below formation pressure, a kick is eminent.
Lost Circulation
Lost circulation may be a cause of kicks. If lost returns occur, the fluid level in the
hole begins to fall. The length of the fluid column in the hole is decreased, thus
causing the hydrostatic pressure of the mud in the hole to decrease. If the
hydrostatic pressure of the mud decreases to the point where it becomes less than
the formation pressure, a potential kick situation exists. If the lost circulation
problem goes undetected, a large amount of fluid influx can occur in the wellbore.
It is therefore a good practice to attempt to keep the annulus filled with measured
volumes of water.
4-8
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Most gas expansion takes place near the surface of the well. If a large diameter
hole is being drilled at a high rate of penetration (as in a 171/2-inch surface hole
offshore), the amount of gas cut up by the bit itself can be considerable.
Expansion of the gas occurs as the gas nears the surface, so the hydrostatic head of
the mud is reduced. If the hydrostatic head is reduced to a value lower than the
formation pressure, a kick can occur. However, the hydrostatic head reduction
caused on bottom by gas cut mud is generally not a significant value. The surface
indication of gas cut mud often cause more concern than the situation warrants.
The main concern when dealing with gas cut mud should be to make certain that
the surface facilities are adequate to keep cut mud from being pumped back down
the hole. An operational degasser is a necessity when dealing with gas cut mud.
There are two major types of degassers. One is the atmospheric type, often called
a gas separator or gas buster. Its construction is such that it can be constructed at
the rig site and has a large mud handling capacity. It can handle the volumes of
mud normally pumped in circulating the well or the volumes pumped during a
well-kill operation. The atmospheric degasser is usually the first treatment which
gas cut mud receives at the surface. In the atmospheric degasser, mud falls over
baffles which tend to break the gas bubbles out of the mud. The gas is vented to
the atmosphere through a 6-inch or larger gas outlet.
The second common type of degasser is the vacuum type. Mud enters one side of
the degasser and is pulled up into a chamber in which a partial vacuum exists. The
gas is forced out of the mud by gravity segregation in the chamber under a partial
vacuum. The mud flows back into the pits and the gas from the mud is vented to
the atmosphere. The vacuum degasser is more effective than the atmospheric
degasser, but its construction complexity and maintenance requirements are
higher than those for the atmospheric degasser.
Water and Oil Cut Mud. Water and oil cut mud can cause a kick. The mud weight
reduction at the surface caused by an influx or other additions of water and oil
considerably decreases hydrostatic pressure in the wellbore. A .5 ppg cut at the
surface implies that all the mud in the borehole is cut by at least .5 ppg. A .5 ppg
cut on a 10,000-foot well reduces the bottom hole pressure by 260 psi.
4-9
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Paleontology
Offset well logs and analysis of offset well histories
Temperature changes
Gas readings
Formation resistivity
Cutting appearance
Hole conditions
Each of the above may be an indication that abnormal pressure exists, but there
are also a number of techniques available which can be used to determine closely
what the magnitude of the abnormal pressure actually is. Among these are:
d exponent
2. EWR resistivity plots
3. Shale Density
4. Shale Factor
1.
4-10
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
4-11
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
Drilling Breaks
It was stated previously that a rock must have sufficient permeability and porosity
in order for a kick to occur. Increasing porosity will result in drilling rate increases
because more of the rock itself is occupied by fluid and less space is occupied by
the actual rock matrix. An abrupt change in the rate of penetration usually signals
a formation change (as in going from a shale into a sand). The sand has a greater
kick potential than a shale does, so it warrants stopping the pumps 3 feet to 5 feet
into the sand and checking the well for flow. A gradual increase in the rate of
penetration is not a drilling break, but it is an abnormal pressure detection device
and may warrant flow checks if it persists.
4-12
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
decreases in the gas level at the time that gas is due at the surface. Connection and
trip gases must be evaluated by the amount of change from previous readings
rather than by the readings themselves. If the trip or connection gases keep
increasing with each trip or connection, there is a good chance that the formation
pressure is increasing. However, increased connection or trip gases may also be
caused by deteriorating mud flow properties or balled up equipment. These two
factors must be considered before evaluating connection gases or trip gases.
Background gas is that gas which is encountered while actually drilling the well.
If a gas bearing formation is being drilled, gas will breakout of the rock cuttings as
it nears the surface. High gas readings do not automatically mean that an increase
in mud weight is required, but simply that a gas bearing formation has been
drilled. Of course, gas may enter the wellbore from the formation as a result of
underbalance. In this case, the amount of gas entering the mud may not be
sufficient to cause a kick or blowout because the volume of gas entering the mud
stream is low (low rock permeability). However, if a zone of higher permeability
is later drilled, a kick may occur. As a result, it often becomes necessary to
determine whether the gas has been caused by core volume cutting or bleed-in
from the formation. A common way of determining whether gas in the mud is
caused by core volume cutting or formation gas influx is to circulate the cuttings
from the wellbore. If the gas readings fall back to a low value (they will not
generally reach 0 even if the hole is clean), the gas is probably a result of core
volume cutting. If relatively high gas readings persist, the gas may be a result of
bleed-in from the formation and an increase in mud weight may be necessary to
correct this condition.
Gas cutting increases are a better warning sign of impending abnormal pressure
than they are of an impending kick. Caution must be used in evaluating gas
readings, however, because of the variety of sources which may cause gas
readings to change.
Water-Cut Mud
Water may enter the returning mud stream by the same mechanisms by which gas
enters the mud stream. If the density of the formation water is less than the density
of the drilling mud, a reduction in flowline mud weight may occur.
Water does not expand as it travels up the annulus. As a result, any mud weight
cuts caused by core volume cutting are generally insignificant because the ratio of
the amount of water in a given formation compared to the volume of mud into
which the water can disperse is quite small. An influx of formation water into the
return mud stream can be detected by three methods which are (1) mud weight
cut, (2) change in mud salinity, and (3) changes in mud viscosity.
In the Gulf Coast area, most formation water is saltwater. The salinity of the
formation saltwater is generally higher than that of the water in the drilling mud.
4-13
Well Control
Causes of Kicks and Warning Signs of Kicks
When this is true, formation water bleed-in can be detected by running a chloride
ion test on the mud filtrate. If the chlorides keep increasing, the chances are good
that formation fluid is probably bleeding into the return mud stream as a result of
underbalanced conditions. The influx of saltwater in appreciable quantities will
also cause viscosity increases in a freshwater mud system which uses bentonitic
gel as a viscosifier. It is probably a good practice to check the chlorides in the mud
anytime a sudden increase in viscosity is noted unless the exact cause of the mud
thickening is known. If the mud in use at a particular time has a higher salinity
than the formation water, the chlorides will decease.
Freshwater mud cutting can occur in the same way as saltwater cutting, but an
influx of freshwater due to formation pressure will cause a weight reduction,
chloride decrease, and thinning of a freshwater gel mud system. Freshwater
cutting of a mud is not a common occurrence on the Gulf Coast.
Conclusions
Flow rate increases, pit level increases, positive flow checks, decreases in pump
pressure or increases in pump strokes, and improper hole fillups on trips are
positive primary indicators which will generally manifest themselves at the time
the well begins to kick. A drilling break may also be a good kick warning
indicator and usually warrants a flow check. However, string weight changes,
chloride changes, gas changes, and flowline mud weight changes generally take
time to detect (usually the time to pump bottoms up). In most cases, the well
would have kicked prior to any of these indications being manifested at the
4-14
Well Control
Basic Kill Operations
surface. Cut mud is a good indicator of developing abnormal pressure, but is only
of secondary importance as a kick warning signal.
If mud continues to flow from the wellbore or if doubt exists as to the results of
the flow rate check, the well should be shut-in immediately and check for shut-in
pressure.
4-15
Well Control
Basic Kill Operations
Shut-in procedures are classified as either hard or soft. Each has primary
objectives different from the other, and each is correctly applied in situations
different from the other.
Hard Shut-In
The primary objective of a hard shut-in is to limit influx volume to a minimum.
When a hard shut-in is to be performed, the adjustable choke is closed before
taking a kick; and the wellbore is shut-in upon kick recognition by closing a
blowout preventer. Influx is limited in volume to that which can flow into the
wellbore during the time that the blowout preventer is closing. A hard shut-in does
have disadvantages. Erosion of blowout preventer elements can lead to the
immediate or premature failure of the blowout preventer. The minimized surface
pressure and wellbore stress can exceed what the wellbore can withstand causing
an underground or surface blowout.
Soft Shut-In
The primary objective of a soft shut-in is to control surface pressure during shut-in
and to minimize erosion of blowout preventer elements. When a soft shut-in is to
be performed, the adjustable choke is open before taking a kick; the wellbore is
shut-in upon taking a kick by first allowing flow from the casing through the
choke line; second, closing a blowout preventer; and third, closing the adjustable
choke. Surface pressure is monitored and controlled if necessary while closing the
adjustable choke. Erosion of blowout preventer elements is minimized by
diverting flow through the choke line while the blowout preventer is closing. The
soft shut-in does have disadvantages. Subsequent well control operations, such as
circulating out the influx, are complicated by increased influx volume and surface
pressure. Shut-in of the well may not be immediately possible. A dynamic kill
procedure may be required.
After a kick has been shut-in, and the shut-in pressure stabilized, (assuming an
underground blowout has not occurred), no further formation fluid will flow into
the wellbore; formation pressure is balanced with a combination of hydrostatic
and shut- in surface pressure.
4-16
Well Control
Basic Kill Operations
Figure 4.2
A correct shut-in procedure will safely control surface pressure and wellbore
stress while minimizing influx volume. Four different shut-in procedures will be
discussed; each involves what to do when a kick occurs and one of the following
conditions exist. A hard shut-in will be assumed for each.
3.
4.
5.
6.
When a kick is detected or suspected, raise the kelly immediately until the
uppermost tool joint in the drill string is above the rotary table.
Shut down the rig pumps. Leaving the rig pumps on while the kelly is being
raised helps to maintain extra mud pressure due to ECD and minimizes the
possibility of additional swabbing. (Remember that the rate of fluid influx
into the wellbore is a function of the amount of underbalance, and the
permeability and porosity of the kicking formation. The circulating pressure
helps to lessen the amount of underbalance.)
Check for flow.
Close the annular preventer.
Open the HCR valve.
Notify the operator personnel.
4-17
Well Control
Basic Kill Operations
7.
Read and record the shut-in pressures and the amount of pit gain.
Note: Attempting to make up the valve when it is already closed can cause
the installation of the valve to be difficult or impossible.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4-18
Well Control
Basic Kill Operations
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Slack the kelly down and close the bottom kelly cock.
Slack off until the string weight is held by the pipe rams. This should
occur when the tool joint reaches the closed ram element.
Read and record the SIDPP, SICP, and the amount of pit gain.
It may not be necessary to hang off the drill string on the rams every time, but the
procedure may be followed if a move off location is anticipated, the motion
compensator is not working properly, or the weather is bad.
When a kick is detected, immediately set the slips just below the top tool
joint.
Make up a full opening, fully opened safety valve on the drill string.
Close the safety valve.
Close the annular preventer.
Open the fail safe valve.
Notify the operator personnel.
Make the hang-off decision.
Pick up the kelly and make the kelly up on the drill string.
Open the safety valve.
Read and record pressures and the amount of pit gain. The sequence of steps
may again be altered to suit the operator preference. The hang-off procedure
would probably not be followed if stripping back to bottom was anticipated.
4-19
Well Control
Well Control Theory
Figure 4.3
Assume both sides are filled with a 10.0 ppg mud, and that the system is closed at
the top on both sides. The bottom hole pressure (BHP) is equal to the sum of the
hydrostatic pressure exerted by the mud (5200 psi at 10,000 feet) plus any
pressures imposed at the surface (0). Both sides of this system exert the same
hydrostatic pressure; both sides have 0 psi imposed surface pressure, so the
system is balanced and is in equilibrium. The objective in well control is to
balance the pressures on each side of the system so that the BHP is held equal to
or greater than the formation pressure (Figure 4.3).
4-20
Well Control
Well Control Theory
Assume the system is closed at the top on both sides; 6,000 psi of pressure is
exerted at the bottom. The hydrostatic pressure of the mud is only equal to
5,200 psi. The 6,000 psi being exerted by the formation is enough to light the
10.0 ppg mud and blow it out of the U-tube, if the U-tube is left open. What must
be done, then, is to balance the formation pressure by imposing pressures at the
surface. Since the U-tube is filled by equal lengths of 10.0 ppg mud on both sides,
the imposition of equal surface pressures will be necessary to keep the U-tube
itself balanced (Figure 4.4).
Figure 4.4
4-21
Well Control
Well Control Theory
Figure 4.5
Unbalanced U-tube
Assume that the drill pipe side is filled with 10.0 ppg mud and annulus side is
filled with 9.0 ppg mud. We wish to balance the BHP on both sides of the U-tube.
Assume the U-tube is again a closed system.
= .052 9.0 ppg 10,000 feet
= 4680 psi
= 5200 psi
BHP9.0 ppg
In order to balance the U-tube, we need to impose surface pressure on the side
which has the least amount of hydrostatic mud pressure. In this case, the annulus
side has the lighter mud, so surface pressure must be imposed on that side of the
U-tube. We need to impose enough surface pressure on the annulus side to bring
the BHP on the annulus side up to the BHP on the drill pipe side.
We want:
HP(9.0 ppg) + Surface Imposed Pressure
HP(10.0 ppg)
Drill pipe side
Annulus Side
4-22
Well Control
Well Control Theory
HP(9.0 ppg)
The surface imposed pressure needs to be 520 psi on the annulus side to make the
U-tube balance.
BHP
Figure 4.6
= 5200 psi
HP(10.0 ppg)
= 4680 psi
HP(9.0 ppg)
+ 520 psi
Surface Imposed pressure
We want to compute the SIDPP and SICP which will be required to balance the
U-tube with formation and which will balance both sides of the U-tube itself.
We want to balance the BHP and FP on the drill pipe side,
*BHP = FP = SIDPP + HP10.0 ppg @ 10000
4-23
Well Control
Well Control Theory
= 5,200 psi
= 3,640 psi
if the SIDPP = 800 psi, the BHP = FP on the drill pipe side and from **
above,
6000 psi
6000 psi
The SICP required to balance the FP and BHP on the annulus side is 2,360 psi.
With 800 psi imposed at the surface on the drill pipe side and 2,360 psi imposed at
the surface on the annulus side, the U-tube is balanced with respect to the
formation and both sides are in balance relative to each other.
4-24
Well Control
Well Control Theory
Figure 4.7
The circulating pressure was 2,500 psi before the gas influx and with the well
open. In this example assume the following conditions are known to exist:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The system is being circulated and back pressure is being imposed at the
surface by varying the choke opening size.
The total system pressure loss at the pump being used is 2,500 psi with well
open.
The annulus pressure loss at the pump rate in use is 100 psi.
The drill pipe is filled with 10,000 feet of 10.0 ppg mud, and the annulus is
filled with 3000 ft. of gas and 7,000 feet of 10.0 ppg mud.
The formation pressure is 5,700 psi.
Disregard the gradient of the gas.
We want to find out what drill pipe pressure reading is required and what casing
pressure reading is required in order to balance both sides of the U-tube relative to
each other and to equalize the BHP on both sides of the U-tube with the formation
pressure. In other words, we want:
BHPdrill pipe side = BHPannulus side = FP
4-25
Well Control
Well Control Theory
The total system pressure loss was measured as being 2500 psi prior to the kick.
Of this, 2500 psi, 2400 psi was lost as a result of mud friction in the surface
equipment, drill pipe, and the bit jets; 100 psi was lost in the annulus. The annulus
pressure loss exerts and additional 100 psi on bottom as a result of circulating
friction in the annulus. The pressure losses in the surface equipment, drill pipe,
and bit jets do not result in additional pressure being exerted on bottom. The
annulus pressure loss plus the choke pressure loss plus the hydrostatic pressure of
the mud and gas on the annulus side are equal to the BHP exerted on the annulus
side.
BHPannulus side
Loss
HPmud
HPgas
= 0 psi
= FP + BHPannulus
5700 psi
5700 psi
A choke pressure of 1,960 psi will balance the annulus side with the formation
pressure.
We now need to compute the drill pipe pressure which satisfies the specified
balances.
The system pressure loss was measured as being 2,500 psi with the annulus side
open prior to the kick. Under static conditions,
FP
5,700 psi
SIDPP
= 500 psi
500 psi must be exerted at the surface on the drill pipe side before any mud
movement can take place. We already know that an additional 2,500 psi of
pressure will be required because of friction to pump the mud at our desired
pump rate. Therefore, a pump pressure reading of 3,000 psi will be indicated
when the pump is brought up to the necessary circulating rate.
4-26
Well Control
Kill Procedures
4-27
Well Control
Kill Procedures
The pumping rates at which system pressure losses are taken are normally from
1 to 3 barrels per minute. The system pressure loss is generally not taken at the
normal circulating rate for a variety of reasons. Among these reasons are:
The system pressure loss at normal circulating rate plus and shut-in pressures
may be excessive for the pump and surface conditions in use.
2. Any change in the choke opening size at normal pump rates may cause drastic
pressure loss changes across the choke, which makes choke control difficult.
3. The mud being displaced in the annulus during a kill operation needs to be
weighted before it is pumped into the well. It may also be contaminated and
need treatment. Most rigs do not have the mud handling facilities to treat and
weight the mud rapidly enough to keep up at normal pumping rates.
4. Faster pump rates result in higher annulus pressure losses. High annulus
pressure losses increase the possibility of lost circulation.
1.
The pump rate at which the system pressure loss is recorded for purposes of well
control is called the slow pump rate, reduced pump rate, slow pump pressure, kill
rate, or reduced circulating pressure. All these terms may be used interchangeably.
A slow pump rate of 1 to 2 barrels per minute is considered optimum in many
cases because the system pressure losses are relatively low at this rate, the mud
can be weighted and treated, and the mechanical stresses on the pumps are not too
great. Slower rates are often impractical because the pump motors may not have
enough power to drive the pump with low RPMs.
If the rig pump cannot be run at the desired output and pressure, an efficiency
reduction can be effected by pulling various discharge and suction valves on the
pump. The manufacturers recommendations should be followed concerning
which valves to pull to obtain a desired reduction in pump efficiency. A high
pressure - low volume pump (e.g., a cement pump) can also be used if the desired
pump rate cannot be reached by the rig pumps.
If the kill rate or pressure is not known before the kick, a kill rate pressure can be
obtained using the following procedure.
Shut in the well and record the SIDPP and the SICP.
2. Hold the SICP constant with the choke and bring the pump up to the desired
pumping rate.
3. Note the circulating pressure obtained after the pump has been brought up to
the kill rate speed.
4. The kill rate pressure is equal to the observed circulating pressure minus the
SIDPP.
1.
4-28
Well Control
Kill Procedures
There are instances in which a float valve is installed in the drill string. A float
valve is a simple one way valve that prevents the movement of fluids and
pressures up the drill pipe. When a float valve is present in the string it naturally
prevents the kick pressure from being recorded on the drill pipe. In the cases, the
equivalent shut-in drill pipe pressure must be found another way.
The SIDPP can be found by either of two methods if a float valve is in use. One of
the suggested methods involves the case in which the kill rate is known prior to
4-29
Well Control
Kill Procedures
taking the kick. The second suggested method involves a procedure which can be
followed if the system pressure loss was not known prior to taking the kick.
Case 1: Obtaining a shut-in drill pipe pressure if the kill rate pressure is known,
float valve in use.
Shut-in the well, record the shut-in casing pressure and obtain the prerecorded
kill rate from the drillers log.
2. Hold the casing pressure constant with the choke and bring the pumps up to
the prerecorded kill speed.
3. Note the circulating pressure obtained with the pump at the kill rate.
4. Shut down the pump and close the choke. The circulating pressure obtained
with the pump at the kill rate minus the prerecorded circulating pressure at the
same pump rate is the shut-in drill pipe pressure.
1.
Case 2: Obtaining a shut-in drill pipe pressure if the kill rate is unknown - float
valve in use.
Shut in the well and line up a low volume high pressure pump on the
standpipe.
2. Start the pump and fill up all the lines with mud. Any air left in the lines will
cause false pressure readings.
3. Increase the pressure on the pump. Note the pressure obtained when the fluid
first begins to move. Fluid is incompressible, so no movement can take place
until the pressure exerted on the bottom side of the float valve is overcome.
Note: The fluid has moved when a small volume of mud has been pumped
without a change in pressure.
4. The pressure obtained when the fluid first begins to move is the shut-in drill
pipe pressure.
1.
4-30
Well Control
Kill Procedures
The influx gradient valve can be divided by.052 to obtain the density of the
influx in ppg.
As a general rule, an influx with an equivalent mud weight of 1 to 3 ppg is
assumed to be gas, 3 to 5 ppg is assumed to be a mixture of gas and water or gas
and oil, and 5 to 7 ppg is assumed to be either oil, water, or an oil-water mixture.
Example:
10,000 feet
12.0 ppg
Hole ID
9.875 inches
Drill Pipe OD
5 inches
SIDPP
520 psi
SICP
650 psi
Pit gain
40 bbl
=
4.
= 571 ft
40 bbl
.0700 bbl/ft
.396 psi/ft
Change the influx gradient to an equivalent mud weight .396 psi/ft .052 =
7.61 ppg.
6. An flux with a 7.61-ppg mud weight equivalent would probably be oil or
water. The comparatively high weight means that not much gas is associated
with the influx.
5.
4-31
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
or
SIDPP + OMW
.052 TVD
KWM
Where KWM
TVD
SIDPP
OMW
4-32
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
and the mud weight is raised while the kick is being circulated out. The use of this
method may require several circulations before the well is fully killed.
KWM
OMW
4-33
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
The final circulating pressure is higher than the kill rate pressure because the
higher mud weight used in the kill operation has a greater system pressure
loss than the lower weight mud. The factor KWM/OMW is a way of
compensating for this difference in system pressure loss.
Plot the amount of mud pumped (either barrels or strokes) along the
horizontal axis.
5. Plot the drill pipe pressure along the vertical axis. The drill pipe pressure will
fall at a constant rate as the drill pipe is displaced with the kill weight mud, at
which point the drill pipe pressure will be held constant at the final circulating
pressure. Therefore, the plot can be completed by plotting only two points.
Plot initial circulating pressure at 0 strokes. Plot the final circulating pressure
at the strokes required to displace the drill pipe with kill weight mud
(Figure 4.8).
4.
Connect the two points with a straight line. The straight line indicates the pressure
which should be held on the drill pipe at all times while the kill weight mud is
being pumped down the drill pipe. The choke opening is varied as required to
keep the drill pipe pressure regulated.
Figure 4.8
4-34
Assume SIDPP
500 psi
1000 psi
10.0 ppg
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
11.0 ppg
500 strokes
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
4-35
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
9.
When the kill weight mud reaches the surface, shut down the pump and
shut-in the well. All shut-in pressures should be zero. Open the choke and
check for flow. Then open the preventer stack, close the choke, and re-check
to see that the well is dead.
Some people prefer a mathematical method of doing drill pipe pressure schedules.
The reason is that a table listing the drill pipe pressure values versus amount of
mud pumped is easier for some people to read than the graph.
Consider the data used in the previous drill pipe pressure schedule:
SIDPP
= 500 psi
1000 psi
10.0 ppg
11.0 ppg
500 strokes
The initial circulating pressure is 1,500 psi. The final circulating pressure is
1,100 psi. We know that the drill pipe pressure should fall at a constant rate while
kill weight mud is being pumped down the drill pipe. In this case it falls from
1,500 psi to 1,100 psi in 500 strokes. Therefore, the drill pipe pressure decrease
per stroke is:
DP pressure decrease per stroke
= Initial circulating pressure - Final circulating pressure
Strokes required to displace DP with KWM
= 1500 psi - 1100 psi
500 strokes
= .8 psi/stroke
A .8-psi/stroke decrease is impossible to read with present rig instrumentation, but
if we construct a table of drill pipe pressure values, we can use the drill pipe
pressure decrease per 100 strokes pumped which is:
.8 psi/stroke 100 strokes = 80 psi per 100 strokes
The table is constructed as follows:
Table 4.1
4-36
1500 psi
100
200
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
Table 4.1
300
400
500
The table states that the drill pipe pressure should be 1,420 psi after pumping
100 strokes, 1,340 psi after pumping 200 strokes, etc. This method eliminates any
errors which may occur as a result of reading the drill pipe pressure graph
incorrectly.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4-37
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
Keep pumping at the kill rate and hold the drill pipe pressure constant at the
observed final circulating pressure by controlling the choke until the kill
weight mud reaches the surface.
11. When the kill weight mud reaches the surface, shut down the pump, close the
choke, and verify that the SIDPP and SICP are both zero. If so, then open the
choke to be sure the well does not flow. If no flow is observed, open the
preventers and check again to be sure the well is completely dead.
10.
The drill pipe pressure graph may be eliminated when the drillers method is used.
Since the kill weight mud is not circulated until after the influx is out of the hole,
the choke can be used to hold the drill pipe pressure constant at the initial
circulating pressure (kill rate pressure + SIDPP). This action is enough to ensure a
constant bottom hole pressure equal to the formation pressure. Once the influx has
been removed from the wellbore, the annulus is no longer contaminated, so the
SICP is now the same as the SIDPP. Holding the casing pressure at a constant
value equal to the original SIDPP now assures a constant bottom hole pressure
equal to the formation pressure. The casing pressure is held constant until kill
weight mud reaches the bit. Once kill weight mud reaches the annulus, the
hydrostatic forces in the annulus begin to change, but the hydrostatic forces in the
drill pipe are no longer subject to change.
4-38
TVD
10,000 feet
SIDPP
520 psi
SICP
650 psi
Pit gain
25 bbl
30 minutes
10.0 ppg
Kill rate
30 strokes/min
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
It has been decided to kill the well using the Concurrent Method. Since it is
necessary to begin killing the well as soon as possible, ad decision has been made
to increase the surface mud weights in .2 ppg increments. Fill out a drill pipe
pressure schedule to be used during the kill operation.
Solution:
Kill weight mud = 520 psi 19.23 + 10.0 ppg = 11.0 ppg
10,000 feet
Initial circulating pressure = 1,000 psi + 520 psi = 1520 psi
Final circulating pressure = 1,000 psi 11.0 ppg = 110 psi w/KWM
10.0 ppg
The mud density needs to be increased by 1.0 ppg to kill the well. Since the
density is going to be increased by .2 ppg at a time, 5 drill pipe mud displacements
will be made. The initial and final circulating pressures are exactly the same as
those which would be used in the Wait and Weight Method. This method is
different only in that it takes 5 times as long to kill the well, but the principles
involved are exactly the same as those used in the Wait and Weight Method. To
fill out a drill pipe pressure schedule the following procedure may be followed:
Compute the time necessary to pump from the surface to the bit at the kill rate,
the kill weight mud, the initial circulating pressure and the final circulating
pressure.
2. Decide the density increments in which the mud weight will be raised (.1 ppg
per circulation, .2 ppg per circulation, etc.)
3. Calculate the number of drill pipe displacements which will be necessary to
raise the mud weight and calculate the total time or number of strokes
involved. In this case, 5 displacements of the mud in the drill pipe are
necessary and 30 minutes are required for each displacement at 30
strokes/min.
4. The mud weights being pumped down the drill pipe and the strokes (or times)
involved are plotted along the horizontal axis. The drill pipe pressures are
plotted along the vertical axis as follows (Figure 4.9):
1.
4-39
Well Control
Kick Killing Procedures
2000
Figure 4.9
A procedure which can be followed when the Concurrent Method is being used is
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
4-40
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
4-41
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
Figure 4.10 Pit Level Changes that Result from Heave and Roll of a Floating Drilling
Vessel - No Change in the Amount of Mud in the Pits
A single float mounted in the pit is insufficient to monitor the actual pit volume.
However, a pit level monitor can be mounted at both ends of the pit. If the two (or
more) floats in each pit are tied together in such a way that the total volume is read
out on a recorder, the pit volume can be monitored accurately. This principle is
illustrated in Figure 4.11.
4-42
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
Figure 4.11
Compensating for Pit Level Changes that Result from Heave and Roll on a
Floating Rig - Constant Volume of Mud in the Pits
In the illustration above, a rise in mud level on one side of the pit results in a
decrease in mud level on the other side of the pit. Since the mud volume remains
constant and both pit level monitors are tied together, the total volume can be read
as a constant because the rise in level of one pit level monitor is accompanied by
an equal decrease in level by the other pit monitor. The sum of their readings is
indicated on the recorder. Pit volume totalizers have been developed which can
accommodate eight or more pit floats, sum their individual readings and display
the total volume and total change in volume on a recorder.
In order to monitor the return flow rate with any accuracy, a sensor must be placed
in a position where level changes do not take place. The vessel motion at the
surface does not affect the rate at which mud passes a point on the ocean floor.
Electronic sensors have been developed which are able to monitor return mud
flow at or near the ocean floor. This approach allows the accurate measurement of
flow rate from the well.
Once a kick has been detected on a floating drilling rig, the well needs to be
shut-in. The hang-off procedure discussed earlier may be necessary to prevent
damage to the drill string or a stationary preventer. If the weather is severe, the
motion compensator will not prevent all drill string motion. The weight of the
string may be placed on the rams and flexible pump-in lines can be rigged up.
Hanging-off will result in the drill string remaining motionless relative to the
preventer elements, and the flexible pump-in lines will allow vessel motion
without placing tension or compression forces on the drill string, which would
4-43
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
result if a kelly or other fixed-position pump-in line was used. Hanging-off may
not be necessary or desirable in every instance, but it should be used if any of the
following conditions develop or are anticipated:
Bad weather
2. Motion compensation failure
3. Moving off location
1.
Two chokes lines and additional preventers are generally included to serve as
backups in case of component failure on a subsea stack. Two annular preventers,
several sets of rams (pipe rams, blind rams, and shear rams) are included. The
bottom set of pipe rams is generally placed below the choke lines. This allows the
well to be closed in if repairs need to be made to any BOP components or choke
lines. The shear rams are also generally located beneath all the choke lines so that
the drill string can be severed and the rig moved off quickly if an impending
blowout develops.
Choke lines generally run from the ocean floor to the surface when a subsea
preventer stack is in use. These choke lines have relatively small inner diameters,
and in deepwater applications where long choke lines are in use, considerable
pressure loss resulting from mud flow through the choke line can develop. The
pressure loss in a choke line results in additional bottom hole pressure. If the
bottom hole pressure is to be held constant at a known value, the amount of
pressure loss in the choke line must be known.
The slow pump rate should be taken through both the riser (preventers open,
choke closed) and through the choke line with a preventer closed. If both readings
are taken at the same pump rate and mud properties, the difference in the two
readings will be equal to the pressure loss in the choke line.
Example: After making a connection, the driller obtained a reduced
circulating pressure through the riser (normal drilling conditions)
of 800 psi at 30 stk/min. He then closed the upper annular
preventer, opened the choke and choke lines, and brought the
pump up to 30 stk/min. The pressure obtained through the choke
line was 1,00 psi at 30 stk/min:
The pressure loss in the choke line was:
1,100 psi
800 psi
Circulating pressure
obtained through choke
line
Circulating pressure
obtained through riser
300 psi
Circulating loss through
choke line
The 300 psi pressure loss in the choke line results in an additional 300 psi of
bottom hole pressure. In fact, an additional 300 psi is applied to all points in the
wellbore that are below the base of the choke line. At shallower depths, the
4-44
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
300 psi can cause considerable increases in the equivalent mud weights seen by
the formation.
The reduced circulating pressure should be obtained at the slowest possible pump
rate. If a gas kick occurs, the gas will begin to expand as it is pumped from the
wellbore. As the bubble expands, the amount of mud returning from the well will
be greater than the amount of mud being pumped into the well. This increased
return flow rate results in an increase in choke line pressure. (Pressure loss
through a conduit is dependent upon the flow properties and velocity of the fluid
traveling through that conduit.) If the choke line pressure loss is of concern prior
to the time a kick occurs, the pump rate should be slowed down enough to hold
this pressure loss to a minimum. It may be necessary to obtain reduced circulating
pressures with a cement pump or other high pressure low volume pump in order to
meet this requirement.
The reduced circulating pressure which was obtained through the riser is the
pressure which should be used in making the kill sheet calculations. The initial
circulating pressure is equal to the sum of the reduced circulating pressure
obtained through the riser and the shut-in drill pipe pressure. The final circulating
pressure is obtained by multiplying the ratio of the kill weight mud to original
mud weight by the reduced circulating pressure obtained through the riser. The
other procedures used in killing a well from a floating drilling vessel are very
similar to those used in killing a well which employs a surface-mounted preventer
stack. The main consideration, therefore, is obtaining a reduced circulating
pressure. Failure to obtain the reduced circulating pressure will necessitate
calculating the pressure loss through the choke line which, as with most pressure
loss calculations, is an approximation. The approximation that results from
calculating the pressure loss through a choke line can result in significant errors in
kill sheet calculations. Knowledge in advance of the choke line pressure loss is
simpler and eliminates errors.
The choke line pressure loss may be approximated by using the following
formula:
0.8
1.8
where:
Example:
4-45
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
We need to determine the choke line pressure loss, give the following
conditions:
Choke line length
= 2000 feet
= 100 gpm
PV
= 35 centipoise (cp)
Mud weight
= 12.8 ppg
0.8
1.8
0.2
= 118 psi
The calculated pressure loss through the choke line is 118 psi. If a reduced
circulating pressure is not known, it may be determined by using the following
procedure:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Example:
We need to obtain a reduced circulating pressure. The well has been shut-in
and following conditions exist:
4-46
SIDPP
500 psi
SICP
800 psi
2000 feet
Choke line ID
21/2 inches
PV
35 cp
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
Mud weight
12.8 ppg
100 gal/min
The operator has decided to use 100 gal/min as the kill rate. The choke line
pressure loss has been calculated as 118 psi. The operator brings the pump up to
100 gal/min, and he allows the casing pressure to decrease by 118 psi as he brings
the pump rate up. The new casing pressure is 800 psi - 188 psi = 682 psi (700 on
gauge). He notes the standpipe pressure is 1,000 psi with the pump displacing
100 gal/min, and the casing pressure is 682 psi. The initial circulating pressure
(which corresponds to what the system pressure through the riser would have been
at 100 gal/min) is equal to the initial circulating pressure minus the shut-in drill
pipe pressure. In this case, the reduced circulating pressure is 1,000 psi - 500 psi =
500 psi. As a result we have:
SIDPP
500 psi
1000 psi
500 psi
The pressure loss through the choke line is often called the hidden choke effect.
It must be taken into account each time a well using a subsea stack is killed.
A sequence which can be followed during well control operations using subsea
blowout preventers can now be developed. A recommended sequence of events is
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Upon detection of a kick, pick up the kelly, shut down the pumps, and shut-in
the well.
Read and record the SIDPP, SICP, and the amount of pit gain.
Notify the operator personnel.
Fill out the kill sheet if the reduced circulating pressure and choke line
pressure drops are known. If a reduced circulating pressure was not
previously obtained, calculate the choke line pressure loss by formula or by
hydraulic slide rule. Bring the pump up to the desired kill rate and allow the
casing pressure to fall below its initial shut-in value by an amount equal to the
calculated choke line pressure loss. (Controlling the choke in such a manner
that allows the casing pressure to fall at the proper rate as the pump is brought
up to speed is awkward. It may be more simple to open the choke first, bring
the pump up to speed and then gradually close the choke opening until the
casing pressure reads the desired value.) Observe the initial circulating
pressure and then shut down the pump and close in the well once again. Fill
out the kill sheet and begin weighting up the surface mud system if the Wait
and weight or concurrent method is to be used. If the drillers method is to be
used, the kill operation can begin as soon as the necessary calculations are
completed.
Bring the pump up to speed. Regulate the casing pressure as the pump is
brought up to speed. Once the pump is at the desired kill rate, fine tune the
choke opening until the drill pipe pressure gauge indicates the proper value.
4-47
Well Control
Kill Procedures with Subsurface BOP Stacks
Kill the well by following the appropriate pressure schedule and kill
procedure.
7. Once kill weight mud reaches the surface, shut down the pump, close the
choke, and verify that the well is dead. Open the choke and check for flow
through the choke line.
8. Since the preventers are located on the ocean floor, the riser is still full of
original mud. This light mud must be displaced prior to opening the preventer
stack. To do this, close the bottom set of pipe rams and circulate kill weight
mud down the choke line. Continue this reverse circulation procedure until
the riser has been displaced with kill weight mud. The rams can then be
opened without the danger of allowing additional influx to enter the wellbore.
6.
The fracture gradients are low in deepwater drilling operations, because the
fracture gradient of a formation is directly related to the overburden stresses
applied to it. A larger overburden generally implies a higher fracture gradient (this
is the same as saying that fracture gradients increase with increasing depth, which
they generally do). Water exerts less stress on an underlying formation than the
same amount of overlying rock would exert on that same formation. For example,
a formation at 10,000 feet relative to the kelly bushing in 2,000 feet of water may
have only 8,900 psi of overburden earth acting upon it. This formation would have
a fracture gradient similar to an 8,900-foot formation on land (remember
overburden stress is 1.0 psi/ft).
In 1,000 feet of water, a formation at 4,000 feet (relative to the kelly bushing) will
have a .3-to .5-ppg lower fracture gradient than a formation at 4,000 feet on land.
This can make a considerable difference in what happens during a well control
operation.
Lost returns which occur during a well control operation present severe danger to
a floating drilling vessel. The formation may allow the gas to be expelled to the
sea directly underneath the drilling vessel. This will result in aerated water.
4-48
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Aerated water is incapable of sustaining a floating vessel, and the rig may sink if
the aeration is severe and uniform at all points directly beneath the hull of the
vessel. There has been some discussion that water aeration will only occur
beneath certain portions of a drilling vessel at any given time. If this is indeed
true, the vessel would probably not sink, but it could dip at a precarious angle in
the area where water aeration is taking place due to the decreased buoyancy in that
particular area.
4-49
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
borehole stresses encountered are lower than those which would be expected in a
gas kick.
Example:
Hole diameter
81/2 inches
Drill pipe OD
41/2 inches
Drill pipe ID
3.826 inches
Total depth
15000 feet
15.0 ppg
Pump output
.15 bbl/stk
Pit gain
25 bbl
SIDPP
780 psi
SICP
1100 psi
Surface stack is in use. For purposes of simplicity, a constant hole and pipe
diameter are assumed.
The following calculations have been made:
Drill pipe capacity
213 bbl
Kelly to bit
1420 stks
Capacity of annulus
5053 stks
6473 stks
971 bbl
16.0 ppg
1780 psi
Length of influx
25 bbl
.0505 bbl/ft
Influx gradient
= 495 ft
= .13 psi/ft
A .13-psi/ft gradient for the wellbore fluid influx means that the kick is gas.
4-50
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Hydrostatic pressure exerted by the gas = .13 psi/ft 495 feet = 64 psi
Formation pressure
Using the data above, the casing pressure expected while killing this kick were
calculated. The casing pressure versus barrels of mud pumped were calculated for
each of the three previously discussed well control methods. The Wait and Weight
Method assumes that the kill will be made in one circulation. The drillers method
would require two circulations to complete the kill. The concurrent method
assumes five displacements of the mud in the drill pipe plus two to three
displacements in the annulus to complete the kill. The concurrent method does not
require any set number of circulations to complete a kill operation. The number of
circulation required and the rate of mud weight increase depend upon rig
capabilities and operator preference. In addition, the table includes a listing of the
casing pressures which occur when the well is overkilled with 17.0 ppg mud
(Table 4.2).
Table 4.2
Barrels of Mud
Pumped
Drillers Method
16.0 ppg Kill Mud
Concurrent Method
16.0 ppg Kill Mud
1110
1110
1110
1110
100
1128
1131
1131
1130
213
1149
1152
1152
1908
413
1008
1197
1163
1555
513
971
1253
1199
1408
680
1444
1678
1619
1607
758
221
780
660
430
858
109
780
639
224
971
780
624
1071
678
624
1184
561
624
1284
458
603
1384
355
582
1584
150
562
1684
46
535
1729
468
1942
312
4-51
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Table 4.2
Barrels of Mud
Pumped
Drillers Method
16.0 ppg Kill Mud
Concurrent Method
16.0 ppg Kill Mud
2913
156
3884
4-52
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Of the three methods used, the wait and weight method using the proper kill
weight mud results in the least amount of casing pressure and the least borehole
stresses. The casing pressures are lower using the wait and weight method with
16.0 ppg kill weight mud than they are if the drillers method and 16.0 ppg kill
weight mud are used. The reason is that the kill weight mud reaches the annulus
while the influx is still in the hole, and this heavier kill weight mud helps to exert
additional hydrostatic pressure on bottom. The additional hydrostatic pressure
exerted by the kill weight mud means that the choke pressure (surface imposed
pressure) can be held at a lower value and still maintain the bottom hole pressure
at the desired value. Using the concurrent method allows lower casing pressure
values than the drillers method. This is because some of the heavier mud reaches
the annulus before the gas bubble is out of the hole. Since this heavier mud
(15.2 ppg) is less than the kill weight mud (16.0 pg), the casing pressures are
higher than those encountered when using the wait and weight method.
This brings up an additional interesting point. Since heavier mud in the annulus
seems to allow the use of lower casing pressures, why not kill the well with a
greater-than-necessary mud weight? Most engineers agree that overkilling a well
(using a greater-than-necessary mud weight to kill the well) has no tangible
benefit, and may, in fact, be detrimental to the kill operation. The reason is that
overkilling a well causes a higher bottom hole pressure to be exerted on the drill
pipe side due to the extra hydrostatic pressure exerted by the mud in the drill pipe.
The bottom hole pressure is held constant on both the drill pipe and annulus sides
of the U. The two bottom hole pressures are also held equal to one another
during the well kill. Since the bottom hole pressure exerted by the mud in the drill
pipe is higher than necessary, higher choke pressures must be held on the casing
side in order to keep the system in balance. In fact, overkilling a well can cause a
considerable increase in borehole stresses. Excessive safety factors should not be
included in the kill mud. Only enough safety factors should be included to
overcome any errors in pressure gauge readings on the rig. If a trip margin is
desired, it can be added while the mud is conditioned following a kill operation.
Overkilling a well is the same as having a slug in the drill pipe. When the drill
pipe is slugged, mud flows from the drill pipe into the annulus. The mud level
falls in the drill pipe until it is low enough for the bottom hole pressure to be the
same as the annulus side bottom hole pressure. In the case of overkill, the use of
the choke precludes any hydrostatic pressure decrease in the drill pipe. Therefore,
more choke pressure must be used to keep the bottom hole pressure on both sides
equal.
The conclusions reached in this section are as follows:
The wait and weight method, using only the mud weight necessary to balance
the formation pressure, allows lower casing pressures to be imposed.
2. Overkilling a well has no tangible benefit and may be detrimental.
3. If a trip margin is to be added, it should be added after the well is dead.
1.
4-53
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Using the same well and casing pressure data, a table of equivalent mud weights
at various depths was compiled.
Table 4.3
Equivalent Mud Weights at Various Depths vs. Barrels of Mud Pumped - Wait and Weight Method 16.0 ppg Kill Mud - Gas Kick
Barrels of Mud
Pumped
1000 ft
5000 ft
12,000 ft
15,000ft
36.3
19.3
16.8
16.0
100
36.7
19.3
16.8
16.0
213
37.1
19.4
16.2
16.0
413
34.4
18.9
16.0
16.0
513
33.7
16.8
16.0
16.0
680
28.8
16.2
16.0
16.0
758
18.3
16.0
16.0
16.0
858
17.1
16.0
16.0
16.0
971
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
It should be evident that the choke pressure imposed at the surface has a
pronounced effect on the equivalent mud weights at various depths. The
equivalent mud weights at the shallower well depths are particularly affected by
the choke pressure. In order to kill any kicks safely, the equivalent mud weights at
any depth in an open hole must not be allowed to exceed the fracture gradients at
that particular depth. A 5000-foot string of casing with a fracture gradient at the
shoe of 17.0 ppg would not have been sufficient to allow the well to be killed,
because the equivalent mud weight at 5,000 feet reached 19.4 ppg. The formation
would have broken down at initial shut-in producing a down-hole blowout.
A casing string must be set at a depth which has a high enough fracture gradient to
exceed the maximum anticipated mud weight at that depth. Often, field personnel
assume that the difference between the existing mud weight and fracture gradient
in weakest exposed part of the well is equal to the amount of kick which can be
tolerated. This is not true, particularly with only surface pipe set in the well.
Example:
Mud weight
10.0 ppg
= 3,500 feet
13.0 ppg
Total depth
10,000 feet
Question:
4-54
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
4-55
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Example:
TVD
12,000 feet
13.0 ppg
Weakest point in the well (last casing shoe) has a fracture gradient of 15.0 ppg
at 7,000 feet.
Question:
What is the kick tolerance factor and its equivalent ppg?
1.
2.
4-56
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
4.
1.17 ppg
A 1.17- ppg kick is the maximum size kick which can be handled. If any
influx has occurred in the annulus, this size kick cannot be handled
without breaking the formation down.
Hole diameter
= 81/2 inches
Drill pipe OD
= 41/2 inches
4-57
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Drill pipe ID
= 3.826 inches
Total depth
15,000 feet
15.0 ppg
Pump output
.15 bbl/stk
Pit gain
25 bbl
SIDPP
780 psi
SICP
960 psi
Surface stack in use. For purposes of simplicity, the hole and pipe diameters
are assumed to be constant.
The following calculation were made:
Drill pipe capacity
213 bbl
758 bbl
971 bbl
16.0 ppg
Length of influx
495 feet
Influx gradient
The influx gradient indicates that the kick is probably a mixture of saltwater
and oil. Therefore, no influx fluid expansion should occur.
The following table of expected casing pressures versus amount of kill mud pump
was constructed using the data above. The calculations were based on using the
Wait and Weight Method.
Table 4.4
4-58
16.0 ppg Kill Weight Mud Casing Pressures Expected with Oil/Saltwater Kick
Barrels of Mud Pumped
960
100
960
213
960
413
752
Well Control
Comparison of the Three Methods of Well Control
Table 4.4
16.0 ppg Kill Weight Mud Casing Pressures Expected with Oil/Saltwater Kick
Barrels of Mud Pumped
513
649
680
477
758
219
858
116
971
The well data is exactly the same as that mud in Table 4.2 (Wait and Weight
column) with the exception of changing the type of wellbore fluid influx.
Note: No expansion occurs and that the casing pressures are constant at the
initial shut-in value until the kill weight mud reaches the annulus.
Once kill weight mud reaches the annulus, the casing pressure begins a
continuous decline which lasts until the well is dead (kill weight mud at the
surface).
Using the same well data used to compile Table 4.4 and Table 4.5, which gives the
equivalent mud weights at various depths in the well versus the amount of mud
pumped was compiled.
Table 4.5
Equivalent Mud Weights at Various Depths versus Barrels of Mud Pumped - Wait and Weight Method - 16.0
ppg Kill Weight Mud - Combination Oil and Saltwater Kick
Barrels of Mud
Pumped
1000 ft
5000 ft
12,000 ft
15,000 ft
33.5
18.7
16.5
16.0
100
33.5
18.7
16.5
16.0
213
33.5
18.7
16.25
16.0
413
29.5
17.9
16.0
16.0
513
27.5
16.8
16.0
16.0
680
24.2
16.15
16.0
16.0
758
19.2
16.0
16.0
16.0
858
17.2
16.0
16.0
16.0
971
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
Note: The equivalent mud weight is constant at the required level at 15,000 feet.
A comparison of Table 4.3 with Table 4.5 shows lesser borehole stresses
at most points in the well. In almost all cases, an oil or saltwater kick will
result in lower stresses on the wellbore than would occur with a gas kick.
4-59
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
Lost returns
Plugged drill pipe or plugged bit
Washed out or plugged choke
Hole in the drill pipe
Excessive casing pressure
Drill pipe off bottom or out of the hole
Gas bubble migration and expansion
If a problem does arise during the kill operation, knowledge of all the alternative
solutions to that problem will help the operation go more smoothly and will help
to realize the stated objectives of the well control operation.
The detection of lost returns may depend upon a combination of the above given
factors. Oftentimes, especially if returns are only partially lost, the detection of
lost returns may be difficult.
4-60
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
In order to make any decision regarding remedies to a lost returns problem, the
location of the zone which is taking mud must be known. Gulf Coast operators
generally assume the loss zone is at or near the last casing shoe. However, this
may not always be true. A number of methods of loss zone detection exist.
A radioactive tracer may be pumped down the drill pipe, through the bit, and up
the annulus. It should enter the loss zone when it reaches that zone in the annulus.
The loss zone can then be detected by wireline radioactivity detection devices.
The disadvantage to this method is that the wellbore may be contaminated with
radioactivity, which makes pinpointing the exact location of the loss zone
difficult.
Temperature surveys may also be run on a wireline and used to locate a loss zone.
The theory behind a temperature survey is that fluid from deeper, hotter zones is
entering a shallower, cooler zone. As the wireline probe is lowered, the
temperature increases at a fairly steady rate until the loss zone is encountered. As
the loss zone is encountered the temperature increases sharply.
If lost returns occur, fluid flow above the loss zone will normally cease. In an
underground blowout situation, the fluid flow is taking place between the kicking
zone and the loss zone. This fluid flow naturally creates some noise. A noise log
which is lowered on a wireline will indicate very little noise above the loss zone.
Once the probe is opposite the loss zone, the noise intensity increases. A
disadvantage to this type of survey is the sensitivity of the noise probe. Any
extraneous surface noise can cause severe distortion in the noise log.
If no pipe is in the wellbore, a loss zone may be detected mechanically by running
a spinner survey. The spinner will detect fluid motion mechanically.
4-61
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
4-62
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
In Figure 4.15 (after filtration) the filter cake is deposited on the face of the sand.
The sand presents enough of a permeable medium to allow the passage of any
liquid squeezed from the mud as a result of differential pressure (Pm - Pf0).
A cure for lost circulation which uses a high filtration rate requires, spotting this
pill opposite the loss zone, and applying differential pressure to effect the filtrate
loss. The solids which are deposited as a result of filtration plug the fractures in
the loss zone and enable normal circulation to be restored. Pressure should be
4-63
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
allowed to build up and should be held on the loss zone for several hours. If
squeeze pressure does not build up, this technique will not be successful. The
volume of the pill normally varies from 50 to 200 barrels, depending upon the
amount of uncased hole in the well and the extent of fracturing in the loss zone.
4-64
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Note the initial drill pipe pressure after the pump has been brought up to the
desired displacement rate, keeping the pump rate constant. If a gas bubble
reaches the surface prior to completing the placement of the barite plug, the
choke can be adjusted to hold the drill pipe pressure constant at whatever
value it had when the displacement started.
Follow the barite plug slurry with a mud weight of calculated kill weight or
higher. This will allow the drill pipe to be kept under control following the
spotting of the plug.
Underdisplace and leave about 2 barrels of plug slurry in the drill pipe.
Pull up out of the plug.
Hold back pressure at the surface and allow about 8 hours for the plug to
bridge and solidify.
Once a plug is formed, work on the lost circulation problem. An operator
should be prepared to keep accurate volume counts during the displacement
operation. Provision should also be made to switch immediately to the rig
pumps if the cement pump malfunctions. Any delay in switching pumps may
allow the plug to solidify in the drill pipe.
4-65
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
The hydrostatic pressure which must be exerted by the mud in order to control the
well is 6,760 psi. The is no mud above the loss zone, which is at 3,500 feet. This
leave the bottom 6,500 feet of the well to work with. In this case, 6,500 feet of
mud must be spotted below the loss zone, and this mud must exert 6,760 psi of
hydrostatic pressure. This corresponds to a 1.04 psi/ft hydrostatic pressure
gradient or a 20.0 ppg mud weight. The surface system should be weighted to
20.0 ppg and then pumped down the drill pipe. Continue pumping until the first of
the 20.0 ppg mud is calculated to enter the loss zone. When this occurs, the well
should be dead. The lost circulation problem can then be attacked without danger
of a blowout.
In order for this method to work, there must be enough height difference between
the kicking zone and the loss zone for a shortened column of mud to exert enough
hydrostatic pressure to balance the formation pressure in the kicking zone. If the
distance between the two respective formations is relatively short, unrealistically
high mud densities will be required, and this method will not work. The kicking
zone will either have to isolated beneath a plug or the lost circulation cured.
A decision can be made to live with the problem until the well is killed.
a
4-66
The pump can be slowed down while holding the casing pressure at a
constant value. Once a new circulating pressure is established at the
reduced rate, use the newly obtained drill pipe pressure in subsequent kill
sheet calculation and kill operations. This will probably necessitate
redoing the drill pipe pressure schedule and new pump rate.
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
2.
4-67
Well Control
Special Problems in Well Control
4-68
Well Control
Shallow Gas Hazards
procedures and checks to be sure that the hole is not swabbing can eliminate the
problem of kicks with the bit off bottom. If a bubble enters the wellbore and is
below the bit, the bubble cannot be circulated out until the bit is below the level of
the bubble, and it may, in fact, be impossible to kill the well without first working
the bit down to a point where mud can be circulated beneath the bubble.
One method of working the pipe to bottom is the volumetric method. As pipe
enters the wellbore, it displaces mud which is already present in the wellbore. If
the mud which the pipe displaces is not released from the wellbore, higher
pressures will develop in the wellbore. The amount of mud released should be
equal to the amount displaced by pipe entering the wellbore. The problem with
this method is that relatively small volumes are involved, and it is very difficult to
bleed the exact amount necessary through the choke. More mud than necessary is
generally bled through the choke, which results in additional fluid influx into the
wellbore.
The second method of allowing displaced mud to leave the wellbore is called the
pressure method. A cementing pump is rigged up to the choke line and pressure is
brought up to a level slightly greater than the level which is imposed on the choke
by the wellbore. The return line is rigged up to the cement mixing tank. The mast
valve to the choke line is then opened. Since the cement pump is holding a slightly
higher pressure on the choke than that imposed by the wellbore, no additional
influx occurs. As pipe is moved (stripped/snubbed) into the wellbore, the mud that
the pipe displaces results in increased wellbore pressure being imposed on the
choke. When the wellbore pressures exceed the cement pump pressure, fluid will
escape the wellbore and enter the return line running to the cement suction tank.
The mud volume in the cement suction tank can be accurately monitored to insure
that the correct volume of mud is leaving the wellbore. As the pipe enters the
influx bubble, a large volume increase will be noted because of the increase in
vertical height of the bubble. Once the pipe is through the bubble, the influx can
be circulated from the well using a standard kill procedure.
4-69
Well Control
Shallow Gas Hazards
Shallow gas reservoirs are usually high pressure, low volume accumulations. The
combination of low fracture gradients and difficulty in detecting a shallow
pressured gas zone further enhances the hazards involved. Seismic data and offset
well histories have aided considerably in the detection of those shallow pressure
gas zones, but the operator still needs contingency plans in case one of these
reservoirs is penetrated without prior warning. Contingency plans for
encountering shallow pressured gas zones should include at least the following
considerations:
Can the well be shut-in or should it be diverted? The fracture gradient must be
known or closely estimated in order to make this decision correctly.
2. If the drilling operation is to be carried out from a floating rig, should a
marine riser be used in a diverter operation or should diversion be carried out
subsea.
1.
4-70
Well Control
Shallow Gas Hazards
In those cases in which a floating rig is being used, and the location can be
abandoned quickly, an operator may on occasion attempt to shut-in a kick which
occurs when drilling shallow hole. The operators reasoning is that diversion is a
risky procedure. If shut-in can be accomplished without fractures broaching to the
surface, the chances are good that the well can be killed using conventional
techniques, thus minimizing the risk of dealing with a potentially disastrous
surface blowout. If broaching does occur, the operator simply moves off location.
The decision to attempt shut-in of a shallow kick from a highly mobile floating rig
is often a value judgement, and all factors affecting this decision need to be
considered most carefully. In most cases, the risks involved in diversion are less
than those involved in the attempted shut-in of a shallow well kick.
4-71
Well Control
Shallow Gas Hazards
The operator also has sufficient time to attempt to control the well by spotting a
shortened column of heavy mud beneath the mudline. The primary disadvantage
involved with drilling ahead blind in shallow hole without a marine riser is that a
gas kick may result in reduced rig buoyancy due to the presence of gas bubbles in
the water beneath the rig. Those who advocate dispensing with the riser in shallow
portions of the well, however, agree that reduced buoyancy does not present
severe danger to a drilling vessel because ocean current is usually sufficiently
strong to carry all of the gas cut water safely away.
Since a diverter operation does not result in the imposition of surface pressure to
counteract formation pressure, the operator has only three (3) chances of
successfully controlling the well.
He may be able to spot enough mud in the annulus above the kicking zone to
balance the formation pressure.
2. The shallow reservoir may deplete itself before too much time has passed.
3. The hole may bridge, thus sealing off the kicking zone.
1.
Possibility number one generally involves pumping some heavy mud down the
drill pipe and into the annulus in hopes enough of this heavy mud can be spotted
to stop the well flow. Some operators have adopted the practice of mixing several
hundred barrels of heavy reserve mud prior to spud-in and keep this mud on board
for possible use during a diverter operation. Possibilities two and three are natural
events over which the operator has little control. If the operator is unable to
balance the formation pressure with mud hydrostatic pressure, the operators only
4-72
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
objective is to divert the kick safely downwind until the hole bridges over or the
reservoir depletes.
A diverter operation should be carried out in the following manner:
If a kick is suspected, pick up the kelly high enough to clear any tool joints
which may be opposite the sealing element on the diverter bag type preventer.
2. If the well is flowing, open the downwind diverter vent line.
3. Close the bag type preventer. (You must be sure that at least one of the vent
lines is completely open before the bag preventer closes on the drill pipe.
Failure to do this may result in an underground blowout.)
4. Pump mud own the drill pipe at an increased pump rate. Many operators keep
a pit of heavy reserve kill mud for use in diverter operations. Keep pumping
mud down the drill pipe until the well stops flowing. If you pump away the
reserve kill mud, and the well continues to flow, switch immediately to the
active pit and keep pumping. If the well is still flowing after the entire system
has been pumped away, switch to sea water. Pumping should then be
continued at an increased rate until the flow stops.
1.
PV
constant
Pi
Vi
Pf
4-73
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
Vf
where:
Pi =
Vi =
Zi =
Ti =
Pf =
Vf =
Zf =
Tf =
4-74
Well depth
10,000 ft
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
Formation pressure
5,200 psi
Mud weight
9.0 ppg
520 psi
SICP
600 psi
Influx is gas
1.
The pressure in the gas bubble at initial shut-in is equal to the formation
pressure (Figure 4.17).
Figure 4.17 Pressure in the Well with a Gas Bubble at Initial Shut-In Equal to the
Formation Pressure
At this time, the formation pressure is balanced by the pressure of the gas
which is in the wellbore. The gas itself is confined by the combination of mud
hydrostatic pressure and surface imposed pressure.
2.
Five hours later, the gas has migrated 5000 feet up the hole. The operators
representative has spent all this time waiting on orders, and has done nothing.
Since no mud has been pumped or bled off, the volume of mud in the annulus
has not changed. The volume of gas has not changed either. The gas law states
that PV = constant. Therefore, if the volume of gas is not changed, then the
pressure is also unchanged. At this point, the pressure in the gas bubble is still
5200 psi. The formation sees the following (Figure 4.18).
4-75
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
Figure 4.18 Pressures After the Gas Bubble has Migrated 5000 Feet
The pressure in the gas bubble acts uniformly in all directions. Since the gas
pressure is the same as it was initially, the pressure confining the gas must also be
the same. The pressure confining the gas results from a combination of surface
imposed pressured and hydrostatic pressure exerted by the mud above the bubble.
Since the hydrostatic pressure exerted by the mud above the bubble has decreased
due to gas migration, the surface imposed pressure must increase to compensate.
The formation on bottom now feels the pressure in the gas bubble plus the
hydrostatic pressure exerted by the mud below the bubble. Thus, the bottom hole
pressure on the annulus side is not equal to 7,540 psi. Since the system is a closed,
balanced U-tube, the drill pipe pressure also increases. Note that the shut-in
pressures on both sides have increased over initial values by equal amounts. The
increased surface imposed pressure results in dramatic increases in the equivalent
mud weights at various points in the wellbore.
3.
4-76
If the bubble is allowed to migrate all the way to the surface without allowing
any expansion, the following wellbore conditions will result (Figure 4.19).
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
Figure 4.19 Pressures After the Gas Bubble has Migrated to the Surface Without any
Expansion
At this point, the formation feels the pressure of the gas bubble plus the
hydrostatic pressure of the 9,829 feet of mud now beneath the bubble. The drill
pipe side of the U-tube also reflects an equal amount of increased surface imposed
pressure.
Gas migration is recognized by noting the increase in shut-in pressures on both the
drill pipe and casing sides. During gas migration, both pressures will continue to
increase equally until the bubble reaches the surface, the formation breaks down,
casing burst or equipment failure occurs. In most cases the bubble will not reach
the surface before one of the latter possibilities becomes reality.
If the bit is on bottom when a kick occurs, handling gas migration is a relatively
simple matter. As the shut-in drill pipe pressure increases to values above that
necessary to balance formation pressure, small amounts of mud should be bled
from the annulus side to relieve the excess drill pipe pressure. Mud should be bled
in amounts of less than one barrel. Bleeding mud through a manual choke and
directing this mud into a calibrated tank is one way of accurately gauging the
amounts bled off. Mud should be bled whenever the shut-in drill pipe pressure
rises significantly above its initial shut-in value. Bleeding small amounts of mud
from the annulus each time the well pressure is bled off helps to insure that no
additional influx occurs as a result of the bleeding operation.
In those instances in which the drill pipe pressure gauge cannot be used as a direct
indicator of bottom hole pressure (i.e., pipe off bottom as out of the hole, drill pipe
or bit plugged, float value in use), the procedure for handling gas migration
becomes more complicated. Gas migration can be recognized by noting increases
4-77
Well Control
Gas Bubble Migration and Expansion
in casing pressures to values higher than those at initial shut-in. The position of
the gas bubble in the wellbore must be estimated and the number of barrels of mud
required to exert a given hydrostatic pressure must be known before a procedure
can be implemented.
4-78
Appendix A
Appendix A
above
absent
abundant
acicular
after
agglomerate
aggregate
algac, algal
allochem
altered
alternating
amber
ammonite
amorphus
amount
amphipora
and
angular
anhedral
anhydrite(ic)
anthracite
aphanitic
apparent
appears
approximate
aragonite
arenaceous
argillaceous
argillite
arkose(ic)
as above
asphalt(ic)
assemblage
associated
at
authigenic
average
band(ed)
Abbreviation
ab
abs
abd
acic
aft
Aglm
Agg
Alg, alg
Allo
alt
altg
amb
Amm
amor
amt
Amph
&
ang
ahd
Anhy, anhy
Anthr
aph
apr
ap
apprx
arg
aren
arg
argl
Ark, ark
a.a.
Asph, asph
Assem
assoc
@
authg
Av, av
Bnd, bnd
Word
barite(ic)
basalt(ic)
basement
become(ing)
bed(-ed)
bedding
belemnites
bentonite(ic)
bioclastic
biothem(-al)
biomicrite
biostrom(-al)
biotite
bioturbated
birdseye
bitumen(-inous)
black(-ish)
blade(-ed)
blocky
blue(-ish)
bored(-ing)
botryoid(-al)
bottom
boudinage
boulder
boundstone
brachiopod
brackish
branching
break
breccia(-ted)
bright
brittle
brown
bryozoa
bubble
buff
bulbous
Abbreviation
bar
Bas, bas
Bm
bcm
Bd, bd
Bdg
Belm
Bent, bent
biocl
Bioh, bioh
Biomi
Biost, biost
Biot
bioturb
Bdeye
Bit, bit
blk, blksh
Bld, bld
blky
bl, blsh
Bor, bor
Bot, bot
Btm
boudg
Bld
Bdst
Brach
brak
brhg
Brk, brk
Brec, brec
brt
brit
brn
Bru
Bubl
bu
bulb
A-1
Appendix A
Word
burrow(-ed)
calcarentie
calcareous
calcilutite
calcirudite
calcisilitite
calcisphaera
calcisphere
calcite(-ic)
caliche
carbonaceous
carbonate
carbonized
cavem(-ous)
caving
cement(-ed, -ing)
center(-ed)
cephalopod
chaetetes
chalcedony(-ic)
chalk(-y)
charophyte
chert(-y)
chitin(-ous)
chitinozoa
chlorite(-ic)
chocolate
circulate(-ion)
clastic
clay(-ey)
claystone
clean
clear
cleavage
cluster
coal
coarse
coated(-ing)
coated grains
cobble
colonial
A-2
Abbreviation
Bur, bur
Clcar
calc
Clclt
Clcrd
Clslt
Casph
Clcsp
Calc, calctc
cche
carb
crbnt
cb
Cav, cav
Cvg
Cmt, cmt
Cntr, cntr
Ceph
Chaet
Chal, chal
Chk, chky
Char
Cht, cht
Chit, chit
Chtz
Chlor, chlor
choc
Circ, circ
clas
Cl, cl
Clst
cln
clr
Clvg
Clus
C
crs
cotd, cotg
cotd gn
Cbl
coin
Word
color
common
compact
compare
concentric
conchoidal
concretion(-ary)
conglomerate(-ic)
conodont
conquina
conquina(-iod)
considerable
consolidated
conspicuous
contact
contamination(-ed)
content
contorted
coral, coralline
core
covered
cream
crenulated
crinkled
crinoid(-al)
cross
cross-bedded
cross-laminated
cross-stratified
crumpled
crystal(-line)
crystocrystalline
cube(-ic)
cuttings
cypridopsis
dark
dead
debris
decrease(-ing)
dendrite(-ic)
dense
Abbreviation
col
com
cpct
cp
cncn
conch
Conc, conc
Cgl, cgl
Cono
Coq
Coqid
cons
consol
conspic
Ctc
Contam
Cont
cntrt
Cor, corin
c
cov
crm
cren
crnlk
Crin, crinal
x
x-bd
x-lam
x-strat
crpld
Xl, xln
crpxln
Cub, cub
ctgs
Cyp
dk, drk
dd
Deb
Decr, decr
dend
dns
Appendix A
Word
depauperate
description
desication
detrital
devitrified
diabase
diagenesis(-etic)
diameter
disseminated
distillate
ditto
dolomite(-ic)
dolostone
dominant(-ly)
drill stem test
drilling
drusy
earthy
East
echnoid
elevation
elongate
embedded
endothyra
equant
equivalent
euhedral
euryamphipora
exinic
evaporite(-itic)
excellent
exposed
extraclast(-ic)
extremely
extrusive
facet(-ed)
faint
fair
fault(-ed)
fauna
favosites
Abbreviation
depau
Descr
dess
detr
devit
Db
Diagn, diagn
Dia
dissem
Dist
" or do
Dol, dol
dolst
dom
DST
drlg
dru
ea
E
Ech
Elev
elong
embd
Endo
eqnt
Equiv
euhd
Euryamph
eux
Evap, evap
ex
exp
Exclas, exclas
extr
exv
Fac, fac
fnt
fr
Flt, flt
Fau
Fvst
Word
feet
feldspar(-athic)
fenestra(-al)
ferro-magnesian
ferruginous
fibrous
fill(-ed)
fine(-ly)
firm
fissile
fleggy
flake(-ky)
flat
flesh
floating
flora
fluorescene(-ent)
foliated
foot
foraminifer
foraminiferal
formation
fossil(-iferous)
fracture(-d)
fragment(-al)
framework
frequent
fresh
friable
fringe(-ing)
frosted
frosted quartz
fucoid(-al)
fusulinid
gabbro
galeolaria
gas
impression
in part
geopetal
gilsonite
Abbreviation
ft
Fspr, fspr
Fen, fen
Fe-mag
ferr
fibr
fl
f, fnly
frm
fis
flg
Flk, flk
fl
fls
fltg
Flo
Fluor, fluor
fol
Ft
Foram
foram
Fm
Foss, foss
Frac, frac
Frag, frag
frmwk
freq
frs
fri
Frg, frg
fros
F.O.G.
Fuc, fuc
Fus
Gab
Gal
G
imp
I.P.
gept
Gil
A-3
Appendix A
Word
girvanella
glass(-y)
glauconite(-itic)
globigerina(-inal)
gloss(-y)
gneiss(-ic)
good
grading
grain(-s, -ed)
grainstone
grainte
grainte wash
granule(-ar)
grapestone
graptolite
gravel
gray, grey(-ish)
graywacke
greasy
green(-ish)
grit(-ty)
gypsum(-iferous)
hackly
halite(-iferous)
hard
heavy
hematite(-ic)
heterogeneous
heterosteqina
hexagonal
high(-ly)
homogeneous
horizontal
hornblende
hydrocarbon
igneous rock
imbedded
inch
inclusion(-ded)
increasing
indistinct
A-4
Abbreviation
Girv
Glas, glas
Glauc, glauc
Glob, glob
Glos, glos
Gns, gns
gd
grad
Gr, gr
Grst
Grt
G.W.
Gran, gran
grapst
Grap
Grv
Gry, grysh
Gwke
gsy
gn, gnsh
Gt, gt
Gyp, gyp
hkl
Hal, hal
hd
hvy
Hem, hem
hetr
Het
hex
hi
hom
hor
hornbd
Hydc
Ig, ig
imbd
in
Incl, incl
incr
indst
Word
Abbreviation
indurated
inoceramus
insoluble
interbedded
intercalated
intercrystalline
interfragmental
intergranular
intergrown
interlaminated
interparticle
interpretation
intersticies
interval
intraclast(-ic)
intraparticle
intrusive
invertebrate
iridescent
ironstone
irregular(-ly)
isopachous
ivanovia
jasper
joint(-d, -ing)
kaolin(-itic)
lacustrine
lamina(-itions, ated)
large
laterite(-itic)
lavender
layer
leached
lens, lenticular
lentil(-cular)
light
lignite(-itic)
limestone
limonite(-itic)
limy
lithic
ind
Inoc
insl
intbd
intercal
intxin
intfrag
intgran
intgn
intrlam
intpar
intpt
instst
Intvl
Intclas, intclas
intrapar
intr
Invtb
irid
Fe-st
irr
iso
Ivan
Jasp
Jt, jt
Kao, kao
lac
Lam, lam
lge
Lat, lat
lav
Lyr
lchd
Len, lent
len
lt
Lig, lig
Ls
Lim, lim
lmy
lit
Appendix A
Word
lithographic
lithology(-ic)
little
littoral
local
long
loose
lower
lumpy
lustre
lutite
macrofossil
magnetite, magnetic
manganese
marble
marine
marl(-y)
marlstone
maroon
massive
material
matrix
maximum
medium
member
meniscus
metamorphic(-osed)
metamorphic rock
metasomatic
mica(-iceous)
micrite(-ic)
micro
micro-oolite
microcrystalline
microfossil
micrograined
micropore(-osity)
microspar
microstylolite
middle
miliolid
Abbreviation
lithgr
Lith, lith
Ltl
litt
loc
lg
lse
l
lmpy
Lstr
Lut
Macrofos
Mag, mag
Mn
Mbl
marn
Mrl, mrl
Mrlst
mar
mass
Mat
Mtrx
max
m or med
Mbr
men
meta, metaph
Meta
msm
Mic, mic
Micr, micr
mic
Microol
microxin
microfos
micgr
micropor
Microspr
Microstl
Mid
Milid
Word
milky
mineral(-lized)
minor
minute
moderate
mold(-ic)
mollusc
mosaic
mottled
mud(-dy)
mudstone
muscovite
nacreous
no sample
no show
no visible porosity
nodules(-ar)
North
novaculite
numerous
occasional
ochre
odor
oil
oil source rock
olive
olivine
oncolite(-oidal)
ooid(-al)
oolicast(-ic)
oolite(-itic)
oomold(-ic)
opaque
orange(-ish)
orbitolina
organic
orthoclase
orthouartzite
ostrcod
overgrowth
oxidized
Abbreviation
mky
Min, min
mnr
mnut
mod
Mol, mol
Moll
mos
mott
md, mdy
Mdst
Musc
nac
n.s.
n/s
n.v.p.
Nod, nod
N
Novac
num
occ
och
od
O
O.S.R.
olv
olvn
Onc, onc
Oo, oo
Ooc, ooc
Ool, ool
Oomol, oomol
op
or, orsh
Orbit
org
Orth
O-Qtz
Ostr
ovgth
ox
A-5
Appendix A
Word
oyster
packstone
paper(-y)
paraparchites
part(-ly)
particle
parting
parts per million
patch(-y)
pearly
pebble
pelecypod
pellet(-al)
pelletoid(-al)
pendular(-ous)
pentamerus
permeability(-able)
petroleum
phlogopite
phosphate(-atic)
phreatic
phyllite (-ic)
pin-point (porosity)
pink(ish)
pisoid(-al)
pisolite(-ic)
pitted
plagioclase
plant
plastic
platy
polish(-ed)
pollen
polygonal
poor(-ly)
porcelaneous
porosity (porous)
porphyry
possible(-ly)
predominant(-ly)
preserved
A-6
Abbreviation
Oyst
Pkst
Pap, pap
Para
Pt, pt
Par
Ptg
PPM
Pch, pch
prly
Pbl
Pelec
Pel, pel
Peld, peld
Pend, pend
Pent
Perm, perm
pet
Phlog
Phos, phos
phr
Phyl, phyl
p.p.
pk, pksh
Piso, piso
Pisol, pisol
pit
Plag
Plt
plas
plty
Pol, pol
Poln
poly
P
porcel
Por, por
prphy
poss
pred
pres
Word
primary
prism(-atic)
probable(-ly)
production
prominent
pseudo oolite(-ic)
pseudopumicestone
purple
pyrite(-itized, itic)
pyrobitumen
pyroclastic
pyroxene
quartz(-ose)
quartzite(-ic)
radial(-ating)
radiaxial
range
rare
recemented
recovery(-ered)
recrystallized
red(-ish)
reef(-old)
remains
renalcis
replaced(-ment)
residue(-ual)
resinous
rhomb(-ic)
ripple
rndd,frosted,pitted
rock
round(-ed)
rubble(-bly)
rubist
rugose
saccharodial
salt(-ly)
salt and pepper
salt cast(-ic)
Abbreviation
prim
pris
prob
Prod
prom
Psool, psool
ps
Pst
purp
Pyr, pyr
Pyrbit
pyrcl
pyrxn
Qtz, qtz
Qtzt, qtzt
Rad, rad
Radax
rng
r
recem
Rec, rec
rexizd
rd, rdsh
Rf, rf
Rem
Ren
Rep, rep
Res, res
rsns
Rhb, rhb
Rpl
r.f.p.
Rk
rnd, rndd
Rbl, rbl
Rub
rug
sacc
Sa, sa
s&p
sa-c
Appendix A
Word
salt water
same as above
sand(-y)
sandstone
saturation(-ated)
scales
sacphopod
scarce
scattered
schist(-ose)
scolecodont
secondary
sediment(-ary)
selenite
septate
shadow
shale(-ly)
shell
shelter porosity
show
siderite(-itic)
sidewall core
silica(-iceous)
size
sheletal
slabby
slate(-y)
slickenside(-d)
slight(-ly)
small
smooth
soft
solenopora
solitary
solution, soluble
somewhat
sorted(-ing)
South
spar(-ly)
spare(-ly)
speck(-ed)
Abbreviation
S.W.
a.a.
Sd, sdy
Sst
Sat, sat
sc
Scaph
scs
scat
Sch, sch
Scol
sec
Sed, sed
Sel
sept
shad
Sh, sh
Shl
Shlt por
shw
Sid, sid
S.W.C.
Sil, sil
sz
skel
slb
Sl, sl
Slick, slick
sli, slily
sml
sm
sft
Solen
sol
Sol, sol
smwt
srt, srtg
S
Spr, spr
sps, spsly
Spk, spkld
Word
sphaerocodium
sphalerite
shperule(-itic)
spiclue
splintery
sponge
spore
spotted(-y)
stachyode
stain(-ed, -ing)
stalactitic
strata(-ified)
streaming
striae(-ted)
stringer
stromatolite
stromatoporoid
structure
styliolina
stylolite(-itic)
sub
subangular
sublithic
subrounded
sucrosic
sugary
sulphur(-ous)
superficial oolite
surface
syntaxial
syringopora
vermillon
tabular(-ate)
tan
tasmanites
tension
tentaculties
ternginous
texture(-d)
thamnopora
thick
Abbreviation
Sphaer
Sphal
Spher, spher
Spic
Splin
Spg
Spo
sptd, spty
Stach
Stn, stn
stal
Strat, strat
stmg
Stri, stri
strgr
Stromilt
Strom
Str
Stylio
Styl, styl
sb
sbang
sblit
sbrndd
suc
sug
Su, su
Spfool
Surf
syn
syring
verm
tab
tn
Tas
tns
Tent
ter
Tex, tex
Tham
thk
A-7
Appendix A
Word
thin
thin section
thin-bedded
throughout
tight
top
tough
trace
translucent
transparent
trilobite
tripoli(-itic)
tube(-ular)
tuff(-aceous)
type(-ical)
unconformity
unconsolidated
underclay
underlying
unidentifiable
uniform
upper
vadose
variation(-able)
varicolored
variegated
vared
vein(-ing, -ed)
veinlet
A-8
Abbreviation
thn
T.S.
t.b.
thru
ti
Tp
tgh
Tr
trnsl
trnsp
Tril
Trip, trip
Tub, tub
Tf, tf
Typ, typ
Unconf
uncons
Uc
undly
unident
uni
u
Vad
Var, var
varic
vgt
vrvd
Vn, vn
Vnlet
Word
vertebrate
vertical
very
very poor sample
vesicular
violet
visible
vitreous(-ified)
volatile
volcanic rock
vug(-gy)
wackestone
washed residue
water
wavy
waxy
weak
weathered
well
West
white
with
without
wood
yellow(-ish)
zeolite
zircon
zone
Abbreviation
vrtb
vert
v
V.P.S.
ves
vi
vis
vit
volat
Volc
Vug, vug
Wkst
W.R.
Wtr
wvy
wxy
wk
wthd
Wl
W
wh
w/
w/o
Wd
yel, yelsh
zeo
Zr
Zn
Appendix B
Appendix B
Table B.1
Classification Tables
Rock Type
Color
Crystal or
Grain Size
Hardness
Porosity
Oil Show
Siltstone
White
Gray
Green
Brown
Gray green
Gray brown
Silt size by
definition
Quartz Variety
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Coal Inclusions
Carbonaceous
Argillaceous
Common Variety
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Coal Inclusions
Calcareous
Dolomitic
Cementation or
Induration
Intergranular
Possible
Sand
Clear
Yellow
Pink
Grain size
Angularity
Sorting
Minerals
Clay Matrix
Unconsolidated
Intergranular
Possible
Sandstone
Clear
White
Gray
Green
Brown
Gray green
Gray brown
Grain size
Angularity
Sorting
Minerals
Clay Matrix
Cementation
Intergranular
Possible
Chert
White
Gray
Amber
Brown
Spotted
Microcrystalline
by definition
Hard - 7 on
MOHs scale
none
none
Transparency
Pyrite inclusions
Angularity
Splintery
Conchoidal Fracture
B-1
Appendix B
Table B.2
Rock Type
Shale
Color
Crystal or
Grain Size
Hardness
Porosity
Oil Show
Not applicable
Oil shale in
only a few
known areas
Green
Gray
Brown
Gray green
Gray brown
Red
Yellow
Black
Blue
See Definition
Clay
Green
Gray
Brown
Gray green
Gray brown
See Definition
Calcareous
Carbonaceous
Silty
Sandy
Glauconitic
Plastic
Soft
Firm
Not applicable
None
Marl
Green
Gray
Brown
Gray green
Gray brown
Yellow
Blue
Black
See Definition
Silty
Sandy
Carbonaceous
Glauconitic
Plastic
Soft
Firm
Not applicable
None
B-2
Calcareous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty
Sandy
Carbonaceous
Micaceous
Fossiliferous
Coal Inclusions
Waxey
Earthy
Laminated
Banded
Rough
Gritty
Smooth
Brittle
Degree of
compaction
1. plastic
2. soft
3. firm
4. hard
Appendix B
Table B.3
Classification of Limestone
Rock Type
Color
Crystal or
Grain Size
Hardness
Porosity
Oil Show
Calcirudte
White
Gray
Buff
Tan
Brown
Gray brown
Larger than 2 mm
in diameter
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty or sandy
Fossil Fragments
Dolomitic
Micrite
Sparite
Indurated or
occasionally
unconsolidated
Intergranular
and Moldic
porosity
Possible
Calcarenite
White
Gray
Buff
Brown
Gray brown
Tan
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty or sandy
Fossil fragments
Dolomitic
Micrite
Sparite
Indurated or
occasionally
unconsolidated
Intergranular
and Moldic
Possible
Calcilutite
Brown
Buff
Tan
White
Gray
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty or sandy
Dolomitic
Micrite
Sparite
Soft, plastic
indurated
Chalky and
pin-point
porosity
Possible
B-3
Appendix B
Table B.4
Classification of Dolomite
Rock Type
Dolomite
Table B.5
White
Buff
Tan
Gray
Brown
Sparite
B-4
Crystal or
Grain Size
Crystalline
Micro-XLN to
VC-XLN
Minerals
Pyrite
Anhydrite
Gypsum
Salt
Glauconite
Calcareous
Carbonaceous
Argillaceous
Textures
Relic fossils
Succrosic
Vuggy
Styolitic
Chalky
Veinlets
Veins
Hardness
Indurated
sometimes
succrosic and
friable
Porosity
Intercrystalline
vuggy, fracture,
etc.
Oil Show
Possible
Rock Type
Micrite
Color
Color
Crystal or
Grain Size
Clear
White
Buff
Gray
Tan
Brown
Smaller than
0.01 mm
Clear
White
Buff
Gray
Tan
Brown
Larger than
0.01 mm
Hardness
Porosity
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty or sandy
Fossil fragments
Dolomitic
MOHs scale 3
Intercrystalline
and other
possibilities
Possible
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Silty or sandy
Fossil fragments
Dolomitic
MOHs scale 3
Intercrystalline
and other
possibilities
Possible
Pure CaCO3
will vary with
characteristics
Pure CaCO3
will vary with
characteristics
Oil Show
Appendix B
Table B.6
Classification of Sulfates
Rock Type
Gypsum
CaSO4 2H2O
Color
White
Clear
Gray
Crystal or
Grain Size
Crystalline
Amorphous
Transparency
Salt inclusions
Platey
Anhydritic
Clay
Hardness
Porosity
Oil Show
Soft
2 on MOHs
scale
Not applicable
Probably
none
Indurated
Secondary
fracture
porosity
Possible if
fractured
White
Buff
Tan
Gray
Crystalline
Amorphous
Pearly luster
Dolomite inclusions
Gypsum inclusions
Limestone inclusions
Salt inclusions
Pyritic
Glauconitic
Argillaceous
Carbonaceous
B-5
Appendix B
B-6
Appendix C
Appendix C
Buoyancy Factors
lb/gal
Buoyancy
Factor
lb/gal
Buoyancy
Factor
lb/gal
Buoyancy
Factor
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
.9083
.9068
.9053
.9037
.9022
.9007
.8991
.8976
.8961
.8946
.8930
.8915
.8900
.8884
.8869
.8854
.8839
.8823
.8808
.8793
.8778
.8762
.8747
.8732
.8716
.8701
.8686
.8671
.8655
.8640
.8625
.8609
.8594
.8579
.8564
.8548
.8533
.8518
9.8
9.9
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
11.0
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
12.0
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
13.0
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
.8502
.8487
.8472
.8457
.8441
.8426
.8411
.8395
.8380
.8365
.8350
.8334
.8319
.8304
.8289
.8273
.8258
.8243
.8227
.8212
.8197
.8182
.8166
.8151
.8136
.8120
.8105
.8090
.8075
.8059
.8044
.8029
.8013
.7998
.7983
.7968
.7952
.7937
13.6
13.7
13.8
13.9
14.0
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
14.7
14.8
14.9
15.0
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
16.0
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
16.9
17.0
17.1
17.2
17.3
.7922
.7906
.7891
.7876
.7861
.7845
.7830
.7815
.7800
.7784
.7769
.7754
.7738
.7723
.7708
.7693
.7677
.7662
.7647
.7631
.7616
.7601
.7586
.7570
.7555
.7540
.7524
.7509
.7494
.7479
.7463
.7448
.7433
.7417
.7402
.7387
.7372
.7356
lb/gal
Buoyancy
Factor
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
17.9
18.0
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
18.9
19.0
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
20.0
.7341
.7326
.7311
.7295
.7280
.7265
.7249
.7234
.7219
.7204
.7188
.7173
.7158
.7142
.7127
.7112
.7097
.7081
.7066
.7051
.7035
.7020
.7005
.6990
.6974
.6960
.6944
C-1
Appendix C
C-2
Appendix D
Appendix D
D-1
Appendix D
Method
Ordinarily, when formation cuttings are drilled they retain much of the formation
pore fluid. This fluid is released to the mud column as the cuttings travel up the
annulus. Most of the formation fluid in the cuttings will be produced into the
drilling mud during the top 500 feet of hole travel. Conventionally, a mud sample
is diverted to a mechanically operated gas trap to obtain a sample of the gas in the
mud.
The efficiency of this trap is from 15 to 70%, depending upon the gel strength of
the mud, the amount of mud flowing through the trap and the rotation speed of the
trap impeller. The magnitude of the conventional gas show is, therefore,
quantitative only to the air-gas sample obtained. The sample is accurately
analyzed by the gas chromatograph; but, because the sample furnished by the
conventional gas trap represents only a fraction of the gas present in the mud, and
because that fraction is not representative of the total gases in the mud, the results
are still only qualitative.
When the Steam Still Reflux Unit is used to obtain the gas sample, the gas sample
will represent almost 100 percent of the hydrocarbon fractions C1 through C5 that
were in the mud sample. This enables the chromatograph analysis to be related
quantitatively to the mud, and the readings to be reported as parts per million of
each hydrocarbon vapor (C1 through C5) to mud volume.
Because the cuttings from a particular formation produce the gas they contain
into the drilling mud, it was reasonable to assume that this same formation, if
completed, would produce gases of similar composition. This assumption led to a
comparison of PPM logs of hydrocarbon vapors with similar data from producing
wells. Plots were made of the ratio of methane to each of the heavier
hydrocarbons from many analyses of wellhead samples. These plots were
compared with plots, made from PPM logs, of gas in mud. Both groups of plots
showed definite patterns between (1) the magnitude of the ratios of methane to
each of the heavier hydrocarbons, and (2) the slope of the lines of the plotted
ratios. These in turn, indicate productive potential and reservoir permeability.
The Steam Still Reflux Unit consists of a small steam boiler, mud-injection port,
mud-steam mixing chamber, Reflux-Condensing Unit and a gas-extraction port.
Five (5) milliliters (ml) of mud are injected into the purged mud-steam mixing
chamber. The mud is rolled with 2,000 to 4,000 volumes of steam. The
hydrocarbons (C1 through C5) extracted from the mud are collected at the
Reflux-Condensing Unit, withdrawn with a syringe, diluted to the standard
chromatograph sample size and injected into the chromatograph for analysis. The
Reflux-Condensing Unit removes only the lighter paraffin series hydrocarbons
from the mud sample tested. For example, if the mud contains diesel oil, the more
complex hydrocarbons - C6 and above - condense and drop back into the
D-2
Appendix D
Figure 1
D-3
Appendix D
Figure 2
Field Examples
Figure 1 shows average hydrocarbon ratio plots from limestone reservoirs in the
Rocky Mountain area. Plot 1 is derived from analyses of gases from Mississippian
oil-producing reservoirs. The C1/C2 ratio is 3.5. The slope of the line is again
positive and not steep. Plot 2 was obtained from analyses of gases from wells
producing gas-condensate from the Silurian. The C1/C2 ratio is 12; the line slope
is again positive and not steep. Plot 3 is from gas-condensate wells producing
from the Ordovician. The C1/C2 is 15 and, again, the slope of the line is not steep;
all three plots show slopes favorable to production. Plot 4 shows ratios obtained
from an analysis of gas from the Lower Ordovician, which produced gas and
water. The plot shows a negative slope of the section from the C1/C4 ratio to the
C1/C5 ratio. Many tests have verified the fact that if a ratio plot shows a negative
slope, the zone in question is water-bearing.
Figure 2 shows plotted hydrocarbon ratios for productive reservoirs in South
Texas. Plot 1 was made from an analysis of a wellhead sample of gas-condensate
produced from a Frio sand, Hidalgo County. The production is rich in liquid
hydrocarbons as indicated by the low C1/C2 ratio. Plot 2 is from an analysis of a
wellhead gas sample from a 11,000 ft oil reservoir, North Lindsey field. The
pentane was not reported, but the low C1/C2 ratio indicates oil production. Plot 3
was obtained from a gas show at 12,690 ft on the PPM log of the State Tract 49
No.1 Well, Nueces County, Texas. Formation tests resulted in gas production.
D-4
Appendix D
Experience shows that if the C1/C2 ratio is above 65 the zone is too tight for
commercial production. Figure 3 shows the ratio plots obtained from PPM logs on
the Texas Gulf Coast wells that were nonproductive in the zones of interest. Plot 1
is from the PPM log of the R.A. Tally No.1 well, Victoria County, Texas. The
C1/C2 ratio was 470. The zone was tested extensively but it was a low
permeability reservoir that could not be commercially completed. Plots 2 and 3
are from the State Tract 49 No.1 well, Nueces County, Texas. Plot 2 was from a
sand encountered at about 8,060 ft. The relatively high ratios of C 1/C2, C1/C3,
C1/C4, and C1/C5 indicated that the zone was nonproductive because of the low
permeability. This was subsequently verified by testing. Plot 3 was obtained from
a sand at 9,130 ft. The negative slope of the ratio plot, C1/C2 to C1/C3, indicated
that the zone was water-bearing. Subsequent formation tests showed water and
non-commercial amounts of gas.
D-5
Appendix D
Figure 3
Plot 4 was obtained from the PPM log of the Kovar No.1 well, Victoria County,
Texas. The sand encountered from which the plot was made is at 10,120 ft. The
gas show appeared to be good, but a negative slope of the C 1/C3 ratio to the C1/C4
ratio was positive identification of a water-bearing formation.
Evaluation Technique
It is apparent that with this evaluation system, potential production can be
accurately predicted. The only significant time lapse between penetration of the
formation and evaluation of its productive possibilities is the time required to
pump the mud from the bottom of the hole to the surface and analyze it by the
Steam Still-Reflux and chromatograph method. Figure 4 shows the evaluation
technique, which may be described as follows.
First, record the net increase of each gas component over the background gas;
next, plot the ratios C1/C2, C1/C3, C1/C4, C1/C5 on the ratio lines as indicated. Then
evaluate, within the following limits, the section in question for probable
production as indicated by the plotted curve:
Productive dry gas zones may show only C1, but abnormally high shows of C1
only are usually indicative of salt water.
2. If the C1/C2 ratio is low in the oil section and the C1/C4 ratio is high in the gas
section the zone is probably nonproductive.
3. If any ratio (C1/C5 excepted if oil is used in the mud) is lower than a receding
ration, the zone is probably nonproductive. For example, if C1/C4 is less than
C1/C3, the zone is probably water-bearing.
4. The ratios may not be definitive for low permeability zones; however, steep
ratio plots may indicate tight zones.
1.
D-6
Appendix D
Figure 4
PPM log and report form for analyses from gas shows on PPM logs
Application
The PPM log is only one of many tools that are ordinarily used for formation
evaluation. But in many instances, the PPM log has furnished the vital
information necessary to make the final decision on a well. One well drilled in
inland waters of Louisiana had what appeared on the PPM log to be a good sand
body, but the PPM log showed only a nominal increase in gas. After the sand was
penetrated and the well deepened, hole trouble was encountered. No other
information of interest was available on the sand. The cost of the sidetracking to
investigate the sand was sizable. Tight hole conditions and the low magnitude of
the gas show indicated that the sand had good permeability and that possibly
formation hydrocarbons had been flushed ahead of the bit. A plot of hydrocarbon
ratios indicated oil production. Therefore, at considerable expense, the sand was
investigated and a new oil field was found.
An interesting well drilled in St. Martin Parish, LA, was the No.1 St. Martin Bank
and Trust located on the southeast flank of the Anse La Butte Dome. A good sand
was encountered at about 8,000 ft showed oil, but the negative slope of the ratio
plot indicated that the sand was water-bearing. The well was deepened to
approximately 9,600 ft. One of the partners, a successful independent with a talent
for finding oil by feel and by prudent use of the latest technology, decided that
the formations in which the well was being drilled were tilted to almost vertical.
D-7
Appendix D
On his recommendation, the well was plugged back to about 7,000 ft and
sidetracked. The sand that was drilled at 8,000 ft in the first hole was encountered
in the directional hole at approximately 7,000 ft and the entire sand was
hydrocarbon saturated.
The PPM log and the ratio plots from the sand in the sidetrack hole are shown in
Figure 5. Table 1 shows the mud gas components related to percent of total gas. In
actual practice, the ppm gas shows obtained from the PPM log are not converted
to percent of total gas; but note the general decrease in percent methane in the
lower section of the sand compared with that in the upper section. The magnitude
of the gas show in the straight hole and in the sidetrack hole was significant. An
accurate determination, however, of the composition of the gas in both cases led to
correct conclusions on the potential productivity of the sand at the different depths
in each hole. Note that the ratio Plot 1 at the top of the sand indicates a gas cap. As
shown in Table 1, the gas was 93.1 percent methane. Subsequent plots indicated
that production would be oil. In each of these cases the C1/C2 ratio was less than 9.
The lowest ratio, 4.5, is shown in Plot 6, which was made from the show at the
bottom of the sand.
Figure 5
D-8
PPM log and hydrocarbon ratio plots, No.1 St. Martin Bank and Trust Well, St.
Martin Parish, LA.
Appendix D
Table 1
Depth (ft)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
7,460
93.1
3.6
1.5
1.2
0.6
7,475
82.4
9.6
5.9
1.4
0.7
7,485
74.4
13.3
10.0
1.6
0.7
7,490
78.0
11.4
8.6
1.4
0.6
7,500
77.0
14.3
7.2
1.1
0.4
7,515
76.1
17.1
5.1
1.4
0.3
Another example of the application of the PPM log is No.1 State Tract 198 well,
Aransas County, Texas. Many sands were encountered showing the present of
hydrocarbons. The logging crew submitted more than 60 ratio plots to the
operator during the drilling of the well. In almost all instances subsequent
information verified the logging engineers predictions of probable productivity
based on the ratio plots. Figure 6 shows a section of the PPM log and ratio plots
for this well. The gas composition relating the percent of each gas component to
the total gas is shown in Table 2. Gas condensate production is indicated by the
PPM log and ratio plots as shown. The zones are tight marine deposits - especially
the 10,520 ft zone. Plot 4 has the steepest line slope; pentane was not present. The
slope of Plot 3 is steep. Plots 2 and 5 show more favorable (less steep) line slopes.
The electric log and subsequent formation tests made of each zone indicated
probable production. The well was completed as a gas condensate producer in the
11,300 ft section, which is the section plotted as No.5.
D-9
Appendix D
Table 2
Depth (ft)
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
10,110
92.0
5.2
1.3
1.1
0.4
10,115
92.0
4.6
1.5
1.0
0.9
10,450
93.3
4.8
1.2
0.4
0.3
10,520
92.8
5.8
1.0
0.4
0.0
11,305
92.3
4.8
1.6
0.8
0.5
Figure 6
D-10
PPM log and hydrocarbon ratio plots, No.1 State Tract 198 well, Aransas
County, Texas
Appendix D
Conclusions
Only qualitative shows of hydrocarbons in the mud can be derived from
conventual mud logs. If chromatography is used, only a general indication of
in-place gas composition is obtainable. Such hydrocarbon shows may be reported
as units of gas or percent hydrocarbons or parts per million (PPM) as in the air-gas
mixture tested. Only the presence in relative amounts, not the actual quantity, of
hydrocarbons in mud is indicated, and other supplemental information may be
necessary to evaluate the formation in terms of potential productivity. However, if
the composition of the gas sample obtained from the mud is representative of the
in-place formation gas, then the gas analysis is accurate. The use of the Steam
Still-Reflux Unit makes possible a report of formation gas composition on the
PPM log. Meaningful ratio plots of gas composition can then be made. Even
though many factors affect the amount of reservoir fluid released to the drilling
mud, reservoir potential productive capabilities can be determined by a study of
the ratio of methane to each of the heavier hydrocarbon components. The
hydrocarbon ratio plot is a unique technique and provides the operator with new
information for evaluating productive possibilities of exploratory wells.
Computer programs involving percent gas in mud (PPM log) and gas composition
are being used in special cases to determine reservoir potential production. The
use of computers in mud log interpretation, although new, will contribute
significantly towards a better application of the data shown on the PPM log.
D-11
Appendix D
D-12
Appendix E
Appendix E
Abstract
To be able to evaluate formation potentials and possible productivity, using the
hydrocarbon ratios minutes after the drilling fluid attains the surface. Thereby
decreasing the need for running expensive drilling operations (Drill Stem Test,
cores, log runs) when formation potential is questionable. That is to say, the use of
Drill Stem Tests, cores and log analysis can be minimized through this method.
Theory
That a knowledge of hydrocarbon ratios as they relate to formation fluids,
enables a logging technician, on wellsite, to determine possible
hydrocarbon shows: and that the relationship between quantitative amounts
of methane (C1), ethane (C2), propane (C3), butane (C4) and pentane (C5) to
in-place reservoir production and potential. Therefore, it is the presence in
relative amounts, not the actual quantity of hydrocarbons in drilling fluids,
that determine reservoir potential.
Introduction
In any discussion of the validity of different methods of hydrocarbon detection
and evaluation, it is perhaps a good idea to try and envisage exactly what is taking
place in the process of drilling a hole in the ground.
E-1
Appendix E
The original rock strata-reservoir or not - lies undisturbed before the advent of the
bit, and our objective is to attempt to reconstruct the exact physical properties of
this strata without interrupting the drilling operation to run a DST, core, etc.
As the bit approaches the strata that we are interested in, a phenomenon known as
flushing occurs. This, in short, is simply a replacement of some of the pore
fluids of the rock by some of the mud, and is caused by hydrostatic pressure of the
mud column usually being in excess of that exerted by the formation. The amount
of flushing that takes place, depends on a number of factors, e.g., (depth, ROP,
hole size, volume of mud being circulated, physical properties of the formation
and the mud, etc.) and in fact, is very difficult to estimate. However, despite the
fact that some portion of the interstitial fluids are flushed away from the wellbore,
the formation will still contain some of these fluids when the bit finally does
arrive.
At this point, the bit will mechanically break up the solid formation into small
cuttings and, depending mainly on the porosity of the formation (but also on
other factors) some oil and gas, if present, will be released into the mud. Most of
the interstitial fluids remain contained in the cuttings, however, being released as
the cuttings travel up the hole; the pressure on them being reduced from that of the
hydrostatic head of the mud to atmospheric. Most of these fluids will be
produced into the mud stream in the final 200 meters of travel, especially if
effective permeability is present.
Some of the interstitial fluids, however, will remain in the cuttings, although
greater importance is usually placed on the returning mud stream as a source of
hydrocarbon information. We have, anyway, two places in which to look for
evidence of hydrocarbons in economic quantities - the mud and the cuttings.
Discussion
It has been noted that it is the presence and magnitude of the show of methane that
is the most crucial factor in surface data logging interpretations. However, the
magnitude of this show has been the cause of some misunderstandings in the past.
Both the hot wire log of gas hydrocarbons and the percent-of-gas log obtained
with the conventional gas trap and the gas chromatograph indicate only that the
reservoir in question contains hydrocarbons. There is no accurate method to
determine the quantitative amounts of the various hydrocarbons in the formation.
We are of the opinion that, using a Steam Still, chromatograph, and Show
Evaluation Report, a more complete and valid picture of the commercial
possibilities of any formation can be gleaned from the gas in the mud, rather than
any residual fluid in the cuttings. The method, briefly, is as follows:
E-2
Appendix E
A 5-ml sample of mud is taken from as deep in the possum belly as possible close to the flow line - and injected into the mixing chamber of the Steam Still,
where it is swept by steam vapor about 2000 times its own volume. The mud is
completely stripped of its hydrocarbon content, which collects in the condenser,
whence it is extracted by another syringe and injected into the chromatograph
where the various components are accurately measured.
The aeration gas trap used in most logging operations is an efficient machine for
removing most of the methane from the drilling fluid.
However, the heavier the hydrocarbon, the more inefficient the gas trap becomes.
Variables such as, type of drilling mud, viscosity and density of mud, unstable
power supplies, drop-out and absorption in the trap sampling line, and effects of
temperature, humidity, etc., all have an adverse affect upon the gas trap. The
efficiency of this system, under these conditions is anywhere from 15 to 70%
Therefore, the aeration trap method is useful for establishing trends but not
evaluating shows effectively.
The Steam Still and chromatograph will give a very accurate qualitative and
quantitative reading of the volatile hydrocarbons in the drilling mud - methane,
ethane, propane, iso - and normal butane, and iso- and normal pentane. The Steam
Still is a very efficient method of doing this, is easy and simple to operate, and
requires only basic maintenance.
Because the cuttings of the formation produce virtually all the producible gases
they contain into the mud, it is a reasonable assumption that this same formation,
if completed, would produce gases of similar composition.
Now, it has been observed that it is the composition, rather than the magnitude of
the gases in a show that is the important factor in terms of formation
productivity. The relationship of methane to the heavier hydrocarbon gases is
indicative of gas, oil or water productive potential, and in some cases, the
reservoir permeability.
A comparison of the ratios of methane to the heavier hydrocarbons from
producing wellheads and PPM logs produce a striking similarity. In this similarity
lies the evidence that the hydrocarbon ratio pattern can be used to predict the
productive potential of a reservoir. The Show Evaluation Report is a simple,
easy-to-interpret graphical method of outlining these ratios and is usually done for
every significant gas show.
So far as the cuttings gas goes, however, the situation is somewhat different.
Although they undergo a normal production cycle during their travel up the hole
in the drilling mud, the cuttings, on arrival at the surface, still contain a certain
amount of the original oil and/or gas. These interstitial fluids will be contained
within the pore-spaces of the cuttings, and will be released by the chopping and
beating action of the blender.
E-3
Appendix E
It is obvious that most of the volatile hydrocarbons will already have been
produced from the cuttings by the time they reach the logging unit, unless
the rock has very low permeability. However, much of the heavier liquid
hydrocarbons will remain and, in fact, most Cuttings Gas Detectors can
detect up to about C18. It is thus primarily an oil detector, and its readings
are representations of the oil content of the cuttings obtained
instrumentally - independent, that is, of human judgement.
We believe, however, that this is not that important - that a visual estimation by a
qualified technician of any oil show in the cuttings can be done more easily, and to
sufficient accuracy. Fluorescence under ultra-violet light with or without the aid of
a leaching agent, the colour, nature and speed of the cut, leaching, staining, etc.,
are all properties that can be easily investigated, and, put together, plotted on the
log as a qualitative estimation of the amount of oil in the cuttings. A quantitative
estimation has little value in that it is difficult to relate to any production potential,
and its accuracy, in any case, is doubtful.
Cuttings gas estimation, on the other hand, is useful to a certain extent, but then
only as a negative consideration. If you have negligible amounts of volatile gases
in the mud, but considerably more in the cuttings, you are looking at a very tight
impermeable formation - not exactly a potential reservoir.
To sum up then, the oil in the mud is given a qualitative examination by the
logger, as is the oil in the cuttings. The gas in the mud is given a qualitative and
quantitative examination, resulting in the case of a gas show, in an estimation of
some of the economic and productive capabilities of the formation. The remaining
gas in the cuttings is, for the above reasons, ignored.
Evaluation Method
We find then that we have available to us a viable method of determining potential
production almost immediately upon penetration of the zone of interest. The only
significant time lapse is that interval taken for the drilling mud to travel to the
surface, in order to be analyzed by the Steam Still and chromatograph. Figure 3
shows the evaluation technique which can be described as follows:
C1
C2
C1
C3
C1
C4
C1
C5
To being with, record only the net increase of each gas over background gas; then
calculate and plot the ratios on the ratio lines as indicated. Finally, the show can
E-4
Appendix E
Field Examples
Figure 4 shows the hydrocarbon ratio plots from a proven reservoir in the Fox
Creek area from a well producing gas from the Lower Cretaceous. The C1/C2 ratio
is over 15; the slope of the line is positive and moderately steep, but not overly.
This sample of gas was taken from the flareline during a DST. The well tested at
202 mcf/d with gas to surface in 7 minutes. Plot #1 was obtained from analysis of
fluid from the Upper Devonian. This well had produced through perforations in
the production casing. The C1/C2, for Plot #2a, is slightly under 6. This is the ratio
plot of fluid recovered from 3285m - 3304m and is indicative of gas condensate;
the slope being moderately steep. The C1/C2, for Plot 2b, is slightly under 5; this is
the ratio plot of fluid recovered from 3304m - 3311m and is indicative of light
crude. The slight decrease in the latter portion of Plot 2b indicates the zone is
possibly wet and may be down-dip.
Figure 5 shows plotted hydrocarbon ratios from a well drilled in the Karr Lake
area. Plot #1 was made from an analysis of gases from the Lower Cretaceous. The
C1/C2 ratio is slightly under 15; the line slope is even, positive and fairly steep.
This may indicate poor permeability in this particular formation. Plot #2 was
made from analysis of fluid from the Jurassic. The C1/C2 ratio is slightly under 3;
the line is fairly flat and low in the oil section and indicates a more viscous crude,
which may be water bearing. Both zones, however, appear to be producible with
the Lower Cretaceous producing gas-condensate while the Jurassic produces oil
and water.
Practical experience shows that if the C1/C2 ratio is above 65, the zone is
too tight for commercial production or may only indicate very dry gas
(mostly methane).
Figure 6 shows the ratio plots obtained from Alberta and B.C. wells that were
non-productive in the zones of interest. The C 1/C2 ratio for Plot 1 is slightly under
E-5
Appendix E
7; this is the ratio plot taken from the PPM log, of a well in B.C. The slope is
obviously negative from C1/C3 ratio to C1/C4 ratio and is indicative of a water
bearing formation and this turned out to be the case upon logging and testing. The
C1/C2 ratio for Plot 2 is slightly over 70; this ratio plot was taken from the PPM
log, of a well in B.C. The slope is again negative from C1/C3 to C1/C4 and did, in
fact, indicate a water bearing formation. In both of these cases, however, the hot
wire gas detector did show a substantial increase over background gas, and the
formation would probably have been tested, had not the recommendation from the
logging technician, been heeded. At first glance they appear to be reasonable
shows, because of the magnitude of the hydrocarbons present, and the relatively
good porosity of the sandstone indicated by the wellsite geologist. However, after
show reports were accomplished, it is quite evident that if tested, the results would
have indicated water bearing formations.
Applications
The PPM log is only one of several tools that can be used for formation
evaluation. However, often times it can furnish the vital information necessary to
make the final decision on a well. The author was on the wells indicated by
Figure 1 and Figure 2 when totally unexpected shows of gas were encountered in
the Lower Cretaceous. The total gas readings showed no great change in the
amount of gas present, and the drill rate was not affected except for an anomaly at
the top of the formation. When the Steam Still analysis was performed, the
amount of heavy hydrocarbons increased greatly while the methane content
decreased. Drilling continued until the total gas readings returned to normal, (as
shown in Figure 2). Ratio plots were made as drilling progressed through the
section noted and the results were relayed to the wellsite geologist. A Drill Stem
Test was deemed necessary and one was performed with the results shown on the
PPM log in Figure 2. A ratio plot was made later of the fluid recovered from the
DST and confirmed the ratio plot made slightly after penetration of the formation.
The result is noted by Figure 1. Plot 1 shows the ppm ratio performed by the
logger minutes after the formation was penetrated, while Plot 2 shows the
percentage of gases, realized by analysis from the DST. The interesting thing to
note here is that without the PPM log this formation could have been passed by
until the electric log analysis were available, increasing the chances of damaging
the formation, etc.
Another example of the PPM log and ratio plot is taken from a well drilled in
Western Canada. Many sands and carbonates were noted showing the presence of
hydrocarbons. The logging crew submitted over several ratio plots to the operator
during the drilling of the well. In most instances it turned out that DST and
electric log analysis substantiated their findings. Figure 7 shows a plot of the PPM
log and subsequent ratio plots with a corresponding table.
E-6
Appendix E
Conclusions
As we have observed by the preceding examples, only qualitative trends can be
established by using the conventional aeration gas trap and hot wire or hydrogen
flame gas detector. If chromatography is used, we are then able to get an idea of
the rough composition, in a gas to air ratio, and this is unsatisfactory for formation
evaluation. Such hydrocarbons are usually reported as units of gas or parts per
million of gas in the gas-air mixture. We are only seeing the presence, in relative
amounts, not the actual quantity of the hydrocarbons in the mud. In this case, it is
necessary to have other forms of formation evaluation in order to deal with
productive formation potential. However, if an accurate account of the in-place
hydrocarbons is made available, then more meaningful ratio plots of gases can be
made. Even though several factors affect the reservoir potential and its productive
capabilities; these factors can be lessened by studying the ratio of methane to each
of the heavier hydrocarbons. This plot is unique and provides the operator with
new and relevant information for evaluating productive possibilities of
exploratory and frontier wells.
The ratio plot can also be used to aide the operator in his pre-well planning. When
a play is to be drilled, information can be gained from the study of wells in the
area to be looked at. Ratio plots from the gas analysis records can be drawn up and
evaluated beforehand enabling the operator to see what they should be running
into before the formation has been drilled. When the formation is drilled, the ratio
plots made by the logger can be compared to those made previously, and
evaluation conclusions can be drawn from this.
Advances are being made daily in the exploration industry and it is hoped that this
method, though not new, will aide the operator in effectively completing his well.
E-7
Appendix E
Figure 1
E-8
Appendix E
Figure 2
E-9
Appendix E
Figure 3
E-10
Appendix E
Figure 4
E-11
Appendix E
Figure 5
E-12
Appendix E
Figure 6
E-13
Appendix E
Figure 7
E-14
Appendix F
Appendix F
In the petroleum industry there seems to exist wide differences of opinion and
varying degrees of understanding about how to interpret surface data logging
hydrocarbon shows. This conclusion has been reached after conducting numerous
employee surface data logging programs and customer seminars on the subject
during the past six years. This paper deals with the surface expression of
hydrocarbon shows as detected by surface data logging equipment. It contains
some explanation as to the reasons for some of the mud log show interpretation
problems encountered by geologists and mud loggers.
Basic Definitions
equivalent circulating density (ECD) - the density (ppg) equivalent of pressure
exerted by a column of fluid in motion.
F-1
Appendix F
filter cake - the discontinuous solids phase of a drilling mud that is deposited on
the wall of a wellbore as a result of filtrate entering permeable formations. The
cake consists of primarily of gel, barite, and fine drill solids; also called wall cake.
filtrate - the continuous, liquid phase of a drilling mud; can be oil (diesel, crude,
mineral, etc.) or water (salt or fresh).
flushing - the process where the filtrate or liquid phase of the drilling mud enters
permeable formations and displaces formation pore fluids back into the formation.
gas unit - an arbitrary ratio of gaseous hydrocarbons to air as measured by a
hot-wire or other style surface gas detector.
hydrostatic head - the pressure exerted by a column of fluid at rest.
overbalanced - when the effective pressure of the drilling mud column exceeds
the pore pressure of the formation.
permeability - the ability of a porous medium to allow fluids to pass through it.
pore - the void space in a rock, filled with either gas, oil or water (salt or fresh).
pore pressure - pressure of the fluid (gas, oil, or water) in a pore.
show - with regard to surface data logging, an exhibition of either gaseous or
liquid hydrocarbons at the surface in either the cuttings or drilling mud.
underbalanced - when the effective pressure of the drilling mud column is less
than the pore pressure of the formation.
Primary
Generally, a well is drilled in an overbalanced condition, usually in the range of .3
to .5 ppg. This is done primarily to prevent the uncontrolled influx of formation
pore fluids into the mud column and secondarily to prevent the walls of the
wellbore from caving in. As the drill bit penetrates the formation, rock chips or
F-2
Appendix F
cuttings are dislodged from the bottom of the hole. As cuttings are generated by
the bit, some formation pore fluids enter the drilling mud from exposed pores.
While in this overbalanced condition, the only other method by which pore fluids
can enter the mud column is when the cuttings reach a point in their travel up the
annulus where the hydrostatic pressure exerted on them by the mud column is less
than the pore pressure of the fluid inside them. When the cuttings reach this point,
any gaseous fluids still inside them will begin to expand and enter the surrounding
drilling mud. Liquids in the form of oil or water have a very low coefficient of
expansion and essentially remain inside the cuttings unless they are pushed out by
expanding gas. (Gas readings may also be generated from formation fragments
that slough off the wall of the hole, but they are discounted in this discussion.)
Secondary
Oftentimes, small amounts of hydrocarbons or formation water may enter the well
directly from the formation during a connection or a trip. This only occurs,
however, when the effective hydrostatic pressure of the mud is temporarily
reduced (swab pressure is created and ECD is removed) such that a momentary
underbalanced condition is artificially created.
Formation Flushing
Also of importance in understanding surface data logging shows is the process of
flushing or filtration. This process is controlled by a number of parameters.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Formation Permeability
Of primary consideration with regard to flushing is the formation permeability.
F-3
Appendix F
Impermeable Formations
An impermeable formation will not allow filtrate to penetrate and thereby displace
formation pore fluids. When this occurs, generally there is no filter cake on the
wall of the hole or only a very thin one. This results from the fact that no filtrate
moved into the rock to leave the solids behind as filter cake.
Permeable Formations
If the formation is permeable, mud filtrate will enter it and displace pore fluids
away from the wellbore and further back into the formation. This process
continues until an impermeable filter cake is deposited. (It is significant to note
the wall cake can be 10,000 to 50,000 times as impermeable as the formation on
which it is deposited.) This may take only a few minutes or a few hours, or the
flushing process may remain essentially dynamic since the wall cake may never
become completely impermeable.
In brief, when drilling an impermeable formation, the rock itself controls flushing,
and when drilling a permeable formation the filter cake becomes the controlling
factor. Therefore, when penetrating a permeable formation, wall cake is deposited
on the side and bottom of the hole. However, because the drill bit is continually
rotating and cutting on the bottom of the hole, the filter cake there is constantly
being removed. This causes the rate of filtration and flushing action directly
below the bit to remain at an elevated level. (See Figure 1.) On the side of the
hole, where the wall cake is relatively free from erosion, the flushing action is
controlled by the wall cake itself.
The area directly below the bit is where the greatest amount of flushing occurs.
This is significant in that it also happens to be the area from which most of the
hydrocarbon readings associated with surface data logging come. This is in
contrast to the fact that all of the hydrocarbon information from wireline logs,
formation tests, sidewall cores or drill stem test, is derived from the area of
formation to the side of the hole behind the protective layer of filter cake.
Hence, it is one of the reasons there is not always good correlation between mud
log shows and non-mud log type shows.
F-4
Appendix F
Figure 1
F-5
Appendix F
F-6
Appendix F
few parts per million of oil can be detected using U.V. but not if the sun is bright,
your eyes are not adequately adjusted to the darkness of the box, the oil is low
gravity (minimal U.V. reflectance) and youre in a hurry.
Background Gas
A final area of importance is that of background gas. Usually, background gas is
defined as the normal flowline gas reading under average ROP conditions. The
problem is how the background gas is used in regards to describing a show.
Oftentimes, the logger is directed to subtract the average background gas reading
from the gas reading measured during a show. Once again recalling the
circumstances under which hydrocarbons enter the drilling mud, it is quickly
recognizable why this is a faulty practice. To further the point, consider the
following example.
F-7
Appendix F
Example
Assume the bit is penetrating a shale section and the surface background gas
reading is 30 gas units. Drilling proceeds until the bit is just at the boundary of a
show zone; the driller picks the bit up off bottom but continues to circulate the
shale cuttings to the surface. Upon bottoms-up, the gas reading goes to zero
since no more pores are being opened on the bottom of the hole and no more
cuttings are releasing their pore fluids to the drilling mud. Usually, the only
circumstances where the gas reading would not go to zero would be if the gas was
being recirculated or if the well was being drilled in an underbalanced condition.
Obviously, drilling a permeable hydrocarbon-bearing formation in an
underbalanced condition would allow the formation in situ to bleed hydrocarbons
into the well regardless of the lack of drilling and cuttings. (This in fact is an
excellent method to determine the balance condition.)
Once the surface gas reading has dropped to zero, the driller is instructed to begin
making hole again and the bit immediately penetrates the show zone. Upon
bottoms-up this time the gas reading shows 200 units. In no way does the 30
units of background gas from the shale have anything to do with the 200 unit
reading in the show zone and should therefore not be subtracted.
Gas in the suction pit could also cause a misinterpretation of the balance condition
if it were determined using the gas versus cuttings method described above.
F-8
Appendix F
Conclusion
In conclusion, there are many factors to consider when interpreting shows, many
of which have not been discussed in this article. However, experience shows the
following factors to be of paramount importance:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hopefully, this information will provide answers to some of the questions and
bothersome problems encountered when reading and interpreting mud log shows.
F-9
Appendix F
F-10
Appendix G
Appendix G
Glossary
A
abandon v: to cease producing oil and gas from a well when it becomes unprofitable. A
wildcat well may be abandoned after it has proven nonproductive. Several steps
are involved in abandoning a well: part of the casing is removed and salvaged; one
or more cement plugs are placed in the borehole to prevent migration of fluids
between the different formations penetrated by the borehole; and the well is
abandoned. In many states, it is necessary to secure permission from official
agencies before a well may be abandoned.
absolute permeability n: a measure of the ability of a single fluid (as water, gas, or oil) to flow through a
rock formation when the formation is totally filled (saturated) with the single
fluid. The permeability measure of a rock filled with a single fluid is different
from the permeability measure of the same rock filled with two or more fluids.
Compare effective permeability.
acid fracture v: to part or open fractures in productive, hard-limestone formations by using a
combination of oil and acid or water and acid under high pressure. See formation
fracturing.
acidize v: to treat oil-bearing limestone or other formations, using a chemical reaction
with acid, to increase production. Hydrochloric or other acid is injected into the
formation under pressure. The acid etches the rock, enlarging the pore spaces and
passages through which the reservoir fluids flow. The acid is held under pressure
for a period of time and then pumped out, and the well is swabbed and put back
into production. Chemical inhibitors combined with the acid prevent corrosion of
the pipe.
adjustable choke n: a choke in which a conical needle and seat vary the rate of flow. See choke.
air-actuated adj: powered by compressed air, as the clutch and brake system in drilling
equipment.
air drilling n: a method of rotary drilling that uses compressed air as the circulation medium.
The conventional method of removing cuttings from the wellbore is to use a flow
of water or drilling mud. Compressed air removes the cuttings with equal or
greater efficiency. The rate of penetration is usually increased considerably when
air drilling is used. However, a principal problem in air drilling is the penetration
of formations containing water, since the entry of water into the system reduces
the ability of the air to remove the cuttings.
American Petroleum n: 1. founded in 1920, this national oil trade organization is the leading
Institute standardizing organization on oil field drilling and producing equipment. It
maintains departments of transportation, refining, and marketing in Washington,
D.C., and a department of production in Dallas. 2. (slang) indicative of a job being
properly or thoroughly done (as, His work is strictly API). 3. degrees API, used
to designate API gravity. See API gravity.
angle of deflection n: in directional drilling, the angle, expressed in degrees, at which a well is
deflected from the vertical by a whipstock or other deflecting tool. See whipstock.
annular blowout n: a large valve, usually installed above the ram preventers, that forms a seal in the
preventer annular space between the pipe and wellbore or, if no pipe is present, on the
wellbore itself. Compare ram blowout preventer.
G-1
Appendix G
annular space n: 1. the space surrounding a cylindrical object within a cylinder. 2. the space
around a pipe in a wellbore, the outer wall of which may be the wall of either the
borehole or the casing; sometimes termed the annulus.
anticline n: an arched, inverted-trough configuration of folded and stratified rock layers.
Compare syncline.
API abbr: American Petroleum Institute.
API gravity n: the measure of the density or gravity of liquid petroleum products in the United
States, derived from specific gravity in accordance with the following equation:
API gravity =
141.5
- 131.5
specific gravity
API gravity is expressed in degrees, a specific gravity of 1.0 being equivalent to
10o API.
B
back off v: to unscrew one threaded piece (as a section of pipe) from another.
back up v: to hold one section of an object (as pipe) while another is being screwed into or
out of it.
bail n: a cylindrical steel bar (similar to the handle or bail of a bucket, only much
larger) that supports the swivel and connects it to the hook. Sometimes, the two
cylindrical bars that support the elevators and attach them to the hook are called
bails. v: to recover bottomhole fluids, samples, or drill cuttings by lowering a
cylindrical vessel called a bailer to the bottom of a well, filling it and retrieving it.
See bailer.
bailer n: a long cylindrical container, fitted with a valve at its lower end, used to remove
water, sand, mud or oil from a well.
bailing line n: cable attached to the bailer, passed over a sheave at the top of the derrick, and
spooled on a reel. See sheave.
barge n: any one of many types of flat-decked, shallow draft vessels, usually towed by a
boat. A complete drilling rig may be assembled on a drilling barge, which usually
is submersible; that is, it has a submersible hull or base that is flooded with water
at the drilling site. Drilling equipment, crew quarters, and so forth are mounted on
a superstructure above the water level.
barite or baryte n: barium sulfate BaSO4; a mineral used to increase the weight of drilling mud. Its
specific gravity is 4.2 (i.e., it is 4.2 times heavier than water). See barium sulfate
and mud.
barium sulfate n: 1. a chemical combination of barium, sulfur, and oxygen. Also called barite.
See barite. 2. a tenacious scale that is very difficult to remove.
barrel n: a measure of volume for petroleum products. One barrel is the equivalent of
42 U.S. gallons or 0.15899 cubic meters. One cubic meter equals 6.2897 barrels.
basket sub n: a fishing accessory run above a bit or mill to recover small pieces of metal or
junk in a well.
bed n: a specific layer of earth or rock in contrast to other layers of different material
lying above, below, or adjacent to it.
G-2
Appendix G
belt n: a flexible band or cord connecting and passing about each of two or more
pulleys to transmit power or impart motion.
bit n: the cutting or boring element used in drilling oil and gas wells. The bit consists
of the cutting element and the circulating element. The circulating element
permits the passage of drilling fluid and utilizes the hydraulic force of the fluid
stream to improve drilling rates. In rotary drilling, several drill collars are joined
at the bottom end of the drill string. The bit is attached to the end of the drill
collar. Most bits used in rotary drilling are roller cone bits.
bit breaker n: a heavy plate that fits in the rotary table and hold the drill bit while it is being
made up in or broken out of the drill string. See bit.
bit record n: a report on each bit used in a drilling operation that lists the bit type, the amount
of footage the bit has drilled, and the nature of the formation penetrated.
blind ram n: an integral part of a blowout preventer that serves as the closing element. Its
ends do not fit around the drill pipe but seal against each other and shut off the
space below completely.
block n: any assembly of pulleys on a common framework; in mechanics one or more
pulleys, or sheaves, mounted to rotate on a common axis. The crown block is an
assembly of sheaves mounted on beams at the top of the derrick. The drill line is
reeved over the sheaves of the crown block alternately with the sheaves of the
traveling block, which is hoisted and lowered in the derrick by the drill line. When
the elevators are attached to a hook on the traveling block, and when drill pipe is
latched in the elevators, the pipe can be raised or lowered in the derrick. See
crown block, elevator, hook, reeve, sheave, and traveling block; also see drilling
block.
blooey line n: the discharge pipe from a well being drilled by air drilling. The blooey line is
used to conduct the air or gas used for circulation away from the rig to reduce the
fire hazard as well as to transport the cuttings a suitable distance from the well.
See air drilling.
blowout n: an uncontrolled flow of gas, oil, or other well fluids into the atmosphere. A
blowout, or gusher, occurs when formation pressure exceeds the pressure applied
to it by the column of drilling fluid. A kick warns of an impending blowout. See
formation pressure, gusher, and kick.
blowout preventer n: one of several valves installed at the wellhead to prevent the escape of pressure
either in the annular space between the casing and drill pipe or in open hole
(i.e., hole with no drill pipe) during drilling or completion operations. Blowout
preventers on land rigs are located beneath the rig at the lands surface; on jackup
or platform rigs, they are located at the waters surface; and on floating offshore
rig, on the seafloor. See annular blowout preventer, inside blowout preventer, and
ram blowout preventer.
boll-weevil n: (slang) an inexperienced rig or oil-field worker, sometimes shortened to
weevil.
bomb n: a thick-walled container, usually steel, used to hold sample of oil or gas under
pressure. See bottom-hole pressure.
bond n: the state of one material adhering or being joined to another material (as cement
to formation). v: to adhere or be joined to another material.
BOP abbr: blowout preventer.
G-3
Appendix G
borehole n: the wellbore; the hole made by drilling or boring. See wellbore.
bottomhole n: the lowest or deepest part of a well. adj: pertaining to the bottom of the
wellbore.
bottomhole choke n: a device with a restricted opening placed in the lower end of the tubing to
control the rate of flow. See choke.
bottomhole pressure n: 1. the pressure at the bottom of a borehole. It is caused by the hydrostatic
pressure of the drilling fluid in the hole and, sometimes, any back-pressure held at
the surface as when the well is shut in with blowout preventers. When mud is
being circulated, bottomhole pressure is the hydrostatic pressure plus the
remaining circulating pressure required to move the mud up the annulus. 2. the
pressure in a well at a point opposite the producing formation, as recorded by a
bottomhole pressure bomb.
box n: the female section of a tool joint. See tool joint.
brake n: a device for arresting the motion of a mechanism, usually by means of friction,
as in the draw works brake. Compare electrodynamic brake and hydromatic
brake.
break out v: 1. to unscrew one section of pipe from another section, especially drill pipe
while it is being withdrawn from the wellbore. During this operation, the tongs are
used to start the unscrewing operation. See tongs. 2. to separate, as gas from
liquid.
breakout cat-head n: a device attached to the shaft of the draw works that is used as a power source
for unscrewing drill pipe; usually located opposite the drillers side of the draw
works. See cat-head.
breakout tongs n: tongs that are used to start unscrewing one section of pipe from another section,
especially drill pipe coming out of the hole. Also called lead tongs. See tongs.
bring in a well v: to complete a well and put it in producing status.
buck up v: to tighten up a threaded connection (as two joints of drill pipe).
bullet perforator n: a tubular device that, when lowered to a selected depth within a well, fires
bullets through the casing to provide hole through which the well fluids may enter.
C
cable n: a rope of wire, hemp, or other strong fibers. See wire-rope.
cable-tool drilling n: a drilling method in which the hole is drilled by dropping a sharply pointed bit
on the bottom of the hole. The bit is attached to a cable, and the cable is picked up
and dropped, picked up and dropped, over and over, as the hole is drilled.
cap rock n: 1. impermeable rock overlying an oil or gas reservoir that tends to prevent
migration of oil or gas out of the reservoir. 2. the porous and permeable strata
overlying salt domes that may serve as the reservoir rock.
cased adj: pertaining to a wellbore in which casing is run and cemented. See casing.
cased hole n: a wellbore in which casing has been run.
casing n: steel pipe placed in an oil or gas well as drilling progresses to prevent the wall
of the hole from caving in during drilling and to provide means of extracting
petroleum if the well is productive.
G-4
Appendix G
casing centralizer n: a device secured around the casing at regular intervals to center it in the hole.
Casing that is centralized allows a more uniform cement sheath to form around the
pipe.
casing coupling n: a tubular section of pipe that is threaded inside and used to connect two joints of
casing.
casing elevator n: See elevator.
casing head n: a heavy steel, flanged fitting that connects to the first string of casing and
provides a housing for the slips and packing assemblies by which intermediate
strings of casing are suspended and the annulus sealed off. Also called a spool.
See annular space.
casing shoe n: also called a guide shoe. See guide shoe.
casing string n: the entire length of all the joints of casing run in a well. Casing is manufactured
in lengths of about 30 feet, each length or joint being joined to another as casing is
run in a well. See combination string.
catch samples v: to obtain cuttings for geological information as formation are penetrated by the
bit. The samples are obtained from drilling fluid as it emerges from the wellbore
or, in cable-tool drilling, from the bailer. Cuttings are carefully washed until they
are free of foreign matter, dried, and labeled to indicate the depth at which they
were obtained. See bailer, cable-tool drilling, and cuttings.
cat-head n: a spool-shaped attachment on a winch around which rope for hoisting and
pulling is wound. See breakout cat-head and makeup cat-head.
cat-line n: a hoisting or pulling line powered by the cat-head and used to lift heavy
equipment on the rig. See cat-head.
caving n: collapse of the walls of the wellbore, also called sloughing.
cellar n: a pit in the ground to provide additional height between the rig floor and the
wellhead to accommodate the installation of blowout preventers, rat hole, mouse
hole, and so forth. It also collects drainage water and other fluids for subsequent
disposal.
cement casing v: to fill the annulus between the casing and hole with cement to support the
casing and prevent fluid migration between permeable zones.
cement channeling n: an undesirable phenomenon that can occur when casing is being cemented in a
borehole. The cement slurry fails to rise uniformly between the casing and
borehole wall, leaving spaces void of cement. Ideally, the cement should
completely and uniformly surround the casing and form a strong bond to the
borehole wall.
cementing n: the application of a liquid slurry of cement and water to various points inside
and outside the casing. See primary cementing, secondary cementing, and squeeze
cementing.
chain drive n: a drive system using a chain and chain gears to transmit power. Power
transmissions use a roller chain, in which each link is made of side bars,
transverse pins, and rollers on the pins. A double roller chain is made of two
connected rows of links, a triple roller chain of three, and so forth.
chain tongs n: a tool consisting of a handle and releasable chain used for turning pipe or
fittings of a diameter larger than that which a pipe wrench would fit. The chain is
looped and tightened around the pipe or fitting, and the handle is used to turn the
G-5
Appendix G
G-6
Appendix G
core n: a cylindrical sample taken from a formation for geological analysis. Usually a
conventional core barrel is substituted for the bit and procures a sample as it
penetrates the formation. See also sidewall coring. v: to obtain a formation sample
for analysis.
core analysis n: laboratory analysis of a core sample to determine porosity, permeability,
lithology, fluid content, angle of dip, geological age, and probable productivity of
the formation.
core barrel n: a tubular device from 25 to 60 feet long run at the bottom of the drill pipe in
place of a bit to cut a core sample.
core catcher n: the part of the core barrel that holds the formation sample.
core cutterhead n: the cutting element of the core barrel assembly. In design it corresponds to one
of the three main types of bits: drag bits with blades for cutting soft formations;
roller bits with rotating cutting for cutting medium formations; and diamond bits
for cutting very hard formations.
coupling n: 1. in piping, a metal collar with internal threads used to join two sections of
thread pipe. 2. in power transmission, a connection extending longitudinally
between a driving shaft and a driven shaft. Most such couplings are flexible and
compensate for minor misalignment of the two shafts.
crooked hole n: a wellbore that has deviated from the vertical. It usually occurs in areas where
the subsurface formations are difficult to drill, such as a section of alternating hard
and soft strata steeply inclined from the horizontal.
crown block n: an assembly of sheaves or pulleys mounted on beams at the top of the derrick
over which the drill line is reeved. See block, reeve, and sheave.
cuttings n pl: the fragments of rock dislodged by the bit and brought to the surface in the
drilling mud. Washed and dried samples of the cuttings are analyzed by geologists
to obtain information about the formations drilled.
D
daylight tour n: (pronounced tower) the shift of duty on a drilling rig that starts at or about
daylight; also called morning tour. Compare evening tour and graveyard tour.
deadline n: the drill line from the crown block sheave to the anchor, so called because it
does not move. Compare fastline.
deadline tie-down n: a device to which the deadline is attached, securely fastened to the mast or
anchor derrick substructure. Also called a deadline anchor.
degasser n: the equipment used to remove unwanted gas from a liquid, especially from a
drilling fluid.
density n: the mass or weight of a substance; often expressed in weight per unit volume.
For instance, the density of a drilling mud may be 10 pounds per gallon (ppg),
74.8 pounds per cubic foot (lb/ft3), or 1,198.2 kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3).
Specific gravity and API gravity are other units of density. See API gravity and
specific gravity.
derrick n: a large load-bearing structure, usually of bolted construction. In drilling, the
standard derrick has four legs standing at the corners of the substructure and
reaching to the crown block. The substructure is an assembly of heavy beams used
to elevate the derrick and provide space to install blowout preventers, casing
G-7
Appendix G
heads, and so forth. Because the standard derrick must be assembled piece by
piece, it has largely been replaced by the mast, which can be lowered and raised
without disassembly. See crown block, mast, and substructure.
derrickman n: the crew member who handles the upper end of the drill string as it is being
hoisted out of or lowered into the hole. He is also responsible for the conditioning
of the drilling fluid and circulating machinery.
de-sander n: a centrifugal device for removing sand from drilling fluid to prevent abrasion of
the pumps. It may be operated mechanically or by a fast-moving stream of fluid
inside a special cone-shaped vessel, in which case it is sometimes called a
hydrocyclone. See de-silter.
de-silter n: a centrifugal device for removing very fine particles, or silt, from drilling fluid
to keep the amount of solids in the fluid to the lowest possible point. Usually, the
lower the solids content of mud, the faster the rate of penetration. It works on the
same principle as a de-sander. Compare de-sander.
development well n: 1. a well drilled in proven territory in a field to complete a pattern of
production. 2. an exploitation well. See exploitation well.
deviation n: the inclination of the wellbore from the vertical. The angle of deviation, angle
of drift, or drift angle is the angle in degrees that shows the variation from the
vertical as revealed by a deviation survey. See deviation survey.
deviation survey n: an operation made to determine the angle from which a bit has deviated from
the vertical during drilling. There are two basic deviation survey, or drift survey,
instruments: one reveals the angle of deviation only; the other indicates both the
angle and direction of deviation.
diamond bit n: a drilling bit that has a steel body surfaced with industrial diamonds. Cutting is
performed by the rotation of the very hard diamonds over the rock surface.
diesel-electric power n: the power supplied to a drilling rig by diesel engines driving electric generators,
used widely offshore and gaining popularity onshore.
diesel engine n: a high-compression, internal-combustion engine used extensively for powering
drilling rigs. In a diesel engine, air is drawn into the cylinders and compressed to
very high pressures; ignition occurs as fuel is injected into the compressed and
heated air. Combustion takes place within the cylinder above the piston, and
expansion of the combustion products imparts power to the piston.
directional drilling n: intentional deviation of a wellbore from the vertical. Although wellbores are
normally drilled vertically, it is sometimes necessary or advantageous to drill at an
angle from the vertical. Controlled directional drilling makes it possible to reach
subsurface areas laterally remote from the point where the bit enters the earth. It
involves the use of turbo-drills, Dyna-Drills, whipstocks, or other deflecting tools.
See Dyna-Drill, turbo-drill, and whipstock.
discovery well n: the first oil or gas well drilled in a new field; the well that reveals the presence
of a petroleum-bearing reservoir. Subsequent wells are development wells.
Compare development well.
displacement fluid n: in oil well cementing, the fluid, usually drilling mud or salt water, that is
pumped into the well after the cement to force the cement out of the casing and
into the annulus.
doghouse n: 1. a small enclosure on the rig floor used as an office for the driller or as a
storehouse for small objects. 2. any small building used as an office or for storage.
G-8
Appendix G
double n: a length of drill pipe, casing, or tubing consisting of two joints screwed
together. Compare thribble and fourble. See joint.
double-board n: the name used for the working platform of the derrickman, or monkey board,
when it is located at a height in the derrick or mast equal to two lengths of pipe
joined together. Compare fourble board and thribble board. See monkey board.
draw works n: the hoisting mechanism on a drilling rig. It is essentially a large winch that
spools off or takes in the drill line and thus raises or lowers the drill string and bit.
drill bit n: the cutting or boring element used for drilling. See bit.
drill collar n: a heavy, thick-walled tube, usually steel, used between the drill pipe and the bit
in the drill string. Drill collars are used to put weight on the bit so that the bit can
drill.
driller n: the employee directly in charge of a drilling rig and crew. His main duty is
operation of the drilling and hoisting equipment, but he is also responsible for the
operation of downhole tools, and pipe measurement.
drilling block n: a lease or a number of leases of adjoining tracts of land that constitute a unit of
acreage sufficient to justify the expense of drilling a wildcat.
drilling contractor n: an individual or group of individuals that own a drilling rig or rigs and contract
their services for drilling wells to a certain depth.
drilling crew n: a driller, derrickman, and two or more helpers who operate a drilling rig for one
tour each day. See derrickman, driller, and tour.
drilling fluid n: circulating fluid, one function of which is to force cuttings out of the wellbore
and to the surface. While a mixture of clay, water, and other chemical additives is
the most common drilling fluid, wells can also be drilled using air, gas, or water as
the drilling fluid. Also called circulating fluid. See mud.
drilling foreman n: the supervisor of drilling operations on a rig; also the tool pusher or
superintendent.
drill line n: a wire rope used to support the drilling tools.
drilling rate n: the speed with which the bit drills the formation; usually called the rate of
penetration.
drilling rig n: See rig.
drill pipe n: the heavy seamless tubing used to rotate the bit and circulate the drilling fluid.
Joints of pipe 30 feet long are coupled together by means of tool joints.
drill ship n: a ship constructed to permit a well to be drilled from it at an offshore location.
While not as stable as other floating structures (as a semisubmersible), drill ships,
or ship shapes, are capable of drilling exploratory wells in relatively deep waters.
They may have a ship hull, a catamaran hull, or a trimaran hull. See
semisubmersible drilling rig.
drill stem n: all members in the assembly used for drilling by the rotary method from the
swivel to the bit, including the kelly, drill pipe and tools joints, drill collars,
stabilizers, and various subsequent items. Compare drill string.
drill-stem test n: a method of gathering data on the potential productivity of a formation before
installing casing in a well. See formation testing.
G-9
Appendix G
drill string n: the column, or string, of drill pipe with attached tool joints that transmits
fluid and rotation power from the kelly to the drill collars and bit. Often,
especially in the oil field, term is loosely applied to include both drill pipe and
drill collars. Compare drill stem.
drum n: 1. a cylinder around which wire rope is wound in the draw works. The draw
works drum is that part of the hoist upon which the drill line is wound. 2. a steel
container of general cylindrical form. Refined products are shipped in steel drums
with capacities of about 50 to 55 U.S. gallons (about 200 liters).
DST abbr: drill-stem test
Dyna-Drill n: a downhole motor driven by drilling fluid that imparts rotary motion to a
drilling bit connected to the tool, thus eliminating the need to turn the entire drill
string to make hole. The Dyna-Drill, a trade name, is used in straight and
directional drilling.
dynamic positioning n: a method by which a floating offshore drilling rig is maintained in position over
an offshore well location. Generally, several motors called thrusters are located on
the hull(s) of the structure and are actuated by a sensing system. A computer to
which the system feeds signals then directs the thrusters to maintain the rig on
location.
E
effective permeability n: a measure of the ability of a single fluid to flow through a rock when the pore
spaces of the rock are not completely filled or saturated with the fluid. Compare
absolute permeability and relative permeability.
electric well log n: a record of certain electrical characteristics of formation traversed by the
borehole, made to identify the formation, determine the nature and amount of
fluids they contain, and estimate their depth. Also called an electric log or electric
survey.
electrodynamic brake n: a device mounted on the end of the draw works shaft of a drilling rig. The
electrodynamic brake (sometimes called a magnetic brake) serves as an auxiliary
to the mechanical brake when pipe is lowered into a well. The braking effect in an
electrodynamic brake is achieved by means of the interaction of electric currents
with magnets, with other currents, or with themselves.
elevator n: a set of clamps that grips a stand, or column of casing, tubing, or drill pipe so
that the stand can be raised or lowered into the hole.
evening tour n: (pronounced tower) the shift of duty on a drilling rig that starts in the
afternoon and runs through the evening. Compare daylight tour and graveyard
tour.
exploitation well n: a well drilled to permit more effective extraction of oil from a reservoir. It is
sometimes called a development well. See development well.
exploration well n: a wildcat. See wildcat.
F
fastline n: the end of the drill line that is affixed to the drum or reel of the draw works, so
called because it travels with greater velocity than any other portion of the line.
Compare deadline.
G-10
Appendix G
fault n: a break in subsurface strata. Often strata on one side of the fault line has been
displaced (upward, downward, or laterally) relative to its original positions.
field n: a geographical area in which a number of oil and gas wells produce from a
continuous reservoir. A field may refer to surface area only or to underground
productive formations as well. In a single field, there may be several separate
reservoirs at varying depths.
fill the hole v: to pump drilling fluid into the wellbore while the pipe is being withdrawn in
order to ensure that the wellbore remains full of fluid even though the pipe is
withdrawn. Filling the hole lessens the danger of blowout or of caving of the wall
of the wellbore.
filter cake n: 1. compacted solid or semisolid material remaining on a filter after pressure
filtration of mud with the standard filter press. Thickness of the cake is reported in
thirty-seconds of an inch or in millimeters. 2. the layer of concentrated solids from
the drilling mud that forms on the walls of the borehole opposite permeable
formations; also called wall cake or mud cake.
fingerboard n: a rack that supports the tops of the stands of pipe being stacked in the derrick or
mast. It has several steel finger-like projections that form a series of slots into
which the derrickman can set a stand of drill pipe as it is pulled out of the hole.
fish n: an object left in the wellbore during drilling operations that must be recovered
or drilled around before work can proceed. It can be anything from a piece of
scrap metal to a part of the drill string. v: 1. to recover from a well any equipment
left there during drilling operations, such as a lost bit or drill collar or part of the
drill string. 2. to remove from an older well certain pieces of equipment, such as
packers, liners, or screen pipe, to allow reconditioning of the well.
fishing tool n: a tool designed to recover equipment lost in the well.
float collar n: a special coupling device, inserted one or two joints above the bottom of the
casing string, that contains a check valve to permit fluid to pass downward but not
upward through the casing. The float collar prevents drilling mud from entering
the casing while it is being lowered, allowing the casing to float during its descent,
which decreases the load on the derrick. The float collar also prevents a back flow
of cement during the cementing operation.
floorman n: a drilling crew member whose work station is on the derrick floor. On rotary
drilling rigs, there are at least two and usually three or more floormen on each
crew. Also called rotary helper and roughneck.
fluid n: a substance that flows and yields to any force tending to change it shape.
Liquids and gases are fluids.
formation n: a bed or deposit composed throughout of substantially the same kinds of rock; a
lithologic unit. Each different formation is given a name, frequently as a result of
the study of the formation outcrop at the surface and sometimes based on fossils
found in the formation.
formation fracturing n: a method of stimulating production by increasing the permeability of the
producing formation. Under extremely high hydraulic pressure, a fluid (as water,
oil, alcohol, dilute hydrochloric acid, liquefied petroleum gas, or foam) is pumped
downward through tubing or drill pipe and forced into the perforations in the
casing. The fluid enters the formation and parts or fractures it. Sand grains,
aluminum pellets, glass beads, or similar materials are carried in suspension by
the fluid into the fractures. These are called propping agents or proppants. When
G-11
Appendix G
the pressure is released at the surface, the fracturing fluid returns to the well, and
the fractures partially close on the proppants, leaving channels for oil to flow
through them to the well. This process is often called a frac job. See propping
agent.
formation pressure n: the force exerted by fluids in a formation, recorded in the hole at the level of the
formation with the well shut in. It is also called reservoir pressure or shut-in
bottom-hole pressure. See reservoir pressure and shut-in bottom-hole pressure.
formation testing n: the gathering of data on a formation to determine its potential productivity
before installing casing in a well. The conventional method is the drill stem test.
Incorporated in the drill stem testing tool are a packer, valves or ports that may be
opened and closed from the surface, and a pressure-recording device. The tool is
lowered to bottom on a string of drill pipe and the packer set, isolating the
formation to be tested from the formations above and supporting the fluid column
above the packer. A port on the tool is opened to allow the trapped pressure below
the packer to bleed off into the drill pipe, gradually exposing the formation to
atmospheric pressure and allowing the well to produce to the surface, where the
well fluids may be sampled and inspected. From a record of the pressure readings,
a number of facts about the formation may be inferred.
fourable n: a section of drill pipe, casing or tubing consisting of four joints screwed
together. Compare double and thribble. See joint.
fourable board n: the name used for the working platform of the derrickman, or monkey board,
when it is located at a height in the derrick equal to approximately four lengths of
pipe joined together. Compare double board and thribble board. See monkey
board.
fracturing n: shortened form of formation fracturing. See formation fracturing.
G
gas-cut mud n: a drilling mud that has entrained formation gas giving the mud a
characteristically fluffy texture. When entrained gas is not released before the
fluid returns to the well, the weight or density of the fluid column is reduced.
Because a large amount of gas in mud lowers its density, gas-cut mud must be
treated to lessen the chance of a blowout.
gas sand n: a stratum of sand or porous sandstone from which natural gas is obtained.
gas show n: the gas that appears in drilling fluid returns, indicating the presence of a gas
zone.
geologist n: a scientist who gathers and interprets data pertaining to the strata of the earths
crust.
geology n: the science that relates to the study of the structure, origin, history, and
development of the earth and its inhabitants as revealed in the study of rocks,
formations, and fossils.
graveyard tour n: (pronounced tower) the shift of duty on a drilling rig that starts at or about
midnight. Compare daylight tour and evening tour.
gravity n: the attraction exerted by the earths mass on objects at its surface; the weight of
a body. See API gravity and specific gravity.
guide shoe n: a short, heavy, cylindrical section of steel filled with concrete and rounded at
the bottom, which is placed at the end of the casing string. It prevents the casing
G-12
Appendix G
H
hoist n: an arrangement of pulleys and wire rope or chain used for lifting heavy objects;
a winch or similar device; the draw works. See draw works.
hoisting drum n: the large, flanged spooled in the draw works on which the hoisting cable is
wound. See draw works.
hook n: a large hook-shaped device from which the swivel is suspended. It is designed
to carry maximum loads ranging from 100 to 650 tons and turns on bearings in its
supporting housing. A strong spring within the assembly cushions the weight of a
stand (90 feet) of drill pipe, thus permitting the pipe to be made up and broken out
with less damage to the tool joint threads. Smaller hooks without the spring are
used for handling tubing and sucker rods. See stand and swivel.
hopper n: a large funnel- or cone-shaped device into which dry components (as powdered
clay or cement) can be poured in order to uniformly mix the components with
water (or other liquids). The liquid is injected through a nozzle at the bottom of
the hopper. The resulting mixture of dry material and liquid may be drilling mud
to be used as the circulating fluid in a rotary drilling operation or may be cement
slurry used to bond casing to the borehole.
hydraulic fracturing n: an operation in which a specially blended liquid is pumped down a well and
into a formation under pressure high enough to cause the formation to crack open.
The resulting cracks or fractures serve as passages through which oil can flow into
the wellbore. See formation fracturing.
hydrocarbons n: organic compounds of hydrogen and carbon, whose densities, boiling points,
and freezing points increase as their molecular weights increase. Although
composed only of two elements, hydrocarbons exist in a variety of compounds,
because of the strong affinity of the carbon atom for other atoms and for itself.
The smallest molecules of hydrocarbons are gaseous; the largest are solids.
Petroleum is a mixture of many different hydrocarbons.
hydromatic brake n: a device mounted on the end of the draw works shaft of a drilling rig. The
hydromatic brake (often simply called the hydromatic) serves as an auxiliary to
the mechanical brake when pipe is lowered into the well. The braking effect in a
G-13
Appendix G
I
impermeable adj: preventing the passage of fluid. A formation may be porous yet impermeable
if there is an absence of connecting passages between the voids within it. See
permeability.
inland barge rig n: a drilling structure consisting of a barge upon which the drilling equipment is
constructed. When moved from one location to another, the barge floats, but when
stationed on the drill site, the barge is submerged to rest on the bottom. Typically,
inland barge rigs are used to drill wells in marshes, shallow inland bays, and in
areas where the water covering the drill site is not too deep.
instrumentation n: a device or assembly of devices designed for one or more of the following
functions: to measure operating variables (as pressure, temperature, rate of flow,
speed of rotation, etc.); to indicate these phenomena with visible or audible
signals; to record them, to control them within a predetermined range; and to stop
operations if the control fails. Simple instrumentation might consist of an
indicating pressure gauge only. In a completely automatic system, the desired
range of pressure, temperature, and so on is predetermined and preset.
intermediate casing string n: the string of casing set in a well after the surface casing, but before the
production casing, to keep the hole from caving and to seal off troublesome
formations. The string is sometimes called protection casing.
J
jackup drilling rig n: an offshore drilling structure with tubular or derrick legs that support the deck
and hull. When positioned over the drilling site, the bottoms of the legs rest on the
seafloor. A jackup rig is towed or propelled to a location with its legs up. Once the
legs are firmly positioned on the bottom, the deck and hull height are adjusted and
leveled.
jet bit n: a drilling bit having replaceable nozzles though which the drilling fluid is
directed in a high-velocity stream to the bottom of the hole to improve efficiency
of the bit. See bit.
jet gun n: an assembly, including a carrier and shaped charges, that is used in jet
perforating.
jet-perforate v: to create a hole through the casing with a shaped charge of high explosives
instead of a gun that fires projectiles. The loaded charge is lowered into the hole to
the desired depth. Once detonated, the charges emit short, penetrating jets of
high-velocity gases that cut holes in the casing and cement and some distance into
the formation. Formation fluids then flow into the wellbore through these
perforations. See bullet perforator and gun-perforate.
joint n: a single length (about 30 feet) of drill pipe or of drill collar, casing, or tubing,
that has threaded connections at both ends. Several joints screwed together
constitute a stand of pipe. See stand, single, double, thribble, and fourble.
junk n: metal debris lost in a hole. Junk may be a lost bit, pieces of a bit, milled pieces
of pipe, wrenches, or any relatively small object that impedes drilling and must be
fished out of the hole. v: to abandon (as a nonproductive well).
G-14
Appendix G
K
kelly n: the heavy steel member, four- or six-sided, suspended from the swivel through
the rotary table and connected to the topmost joint of drill pipe to turn the drill
string as the rotary table turns. It has a bored passageway that permits fluid to be
circulated into the drill string and up the annulus, or vice versa. See drill stem,
rotary table, and swivel.
kelly bushing n: a special device that, when fitted into the master bushing, transmits torque to
the kelly and simultaneously permits vertical movement of the kelly to make hole.
It may be shaped to fit the rotary opening or have pins for transmitting torque.
Also called the drive bushing. See kelly and master bushing.
kelly spinner n: a pneumatically operated device mounted on top of the kelly that, when
actuated, causes the kelly to turn or spin. it is useful when the kelly or a joint of
pipe attached to it must be spun up; that is, rotated rapidly in order to make it up.
kick n: an entry of water, gas, oil, or other formation fluid into the wellbore. It occurs
because the pressure exerted by the column of drilling fluid is not great enough to
overcome the pressure exerted by the fluids in the formation drilled. If prompt
action is not taken to control the kick or kill the well, a blowout will occur. See
blowout.
L
LACT unit n: an automated system for measuring and transferring oil from a lease gathering
system into a pipeline. See lease automatic custody transfer.
latch on v: to attach elevators to a section of pipe to pull it out of or run it into the hole.
lead tongs n: (pronounced leed) the pipe tongs suspended in the derrick or mast and
operated by a wireline connected to the breakout cat-head. Also called breakout
tongs.
lease n: 1. a legal document executed between a land-owner, as lessor, and a company
or individual, as lessee, that grants the right to exploit the premises for minerals or
other products. 2. the area where production wells, stock tanks, separators, LACT
units, and other production equipment are located. See LACT unit and lease
automatic custody transfer.
lease automatic custody n: the measurement and transfer of oil from the producers tanks to the
transfer connected pipeline on an automatic basis without a representative of either having
to be present. See LACT unit.
location n: the place where a well is drilled.
log n: a systematic recording of data, as from the drillers log, mud log, electrical well
log, or radioactivity log. Many different logs are run in wells being produced or
drilled to obtain various characteristics of downhole formations.
M
magnetic brake n: also called an electrodynamic brake. See electrodynamic brake.
make a connection v: to attach a joint of drill pipe onto the drill string suspended in the wellbore to
permit deepening of the wellbore.
G-15
Appendix G
make a trip v: to hoist the drill string out of the wellbore to perform one of a number of
operations such as changing bits, taking a core, and so forth, and then to return the
drill string to the wellbore.
make hole v: to deepen the hole made by the bit; to drill ahead.
make up v: 1. to assemble and join parts to form a complete unit (as to make up a string of
casing). 2. to screw together two threaded pieces. 3. to mix or prepare (as to make
up a tank of mud). 4. to compensate for (as to make up for lost time).
make up a joint v: to screw a length of pipe into another length of pipe.
makeup cat-head n: a device attached to the shaft of the draw works that is used as a power source
for screwing together joints of pipe; usually located on the drillers side of the
draw works. See cat-head.
mast n: a portable derrick capable of being erected as a unit, as distinguished from a
standard derrick that cannot be raised to a working position as a unit. For
transporting by land, the mast can be divided into two or more sections to avoid
excessive length extending from truck beds on the highway. Compare derrick.
master bushing n: a device that fits into the rotary table. It accommodates the slips and drives the
kelly bushing so that the rotating motion of the rotary table can be transmitted to
the kelly. Also called rotary bushing. See slips and kelly bushing.
mechanical rig n: a drilling rig in which the source of power is one or more internal-combustion
engines and in which the power is distributed to rig components through
mechanical devices (as chains, sprockets, clutches, and shafts). It is also called a
power rig.
mill n: a downhole tool with rough, sharp, extremely hard cutting surfaces for
removing metal by grinding or cutting. Mills are run on drill pipe or tubing to
grind up debris in the hole, remove stuck portions of drill stem or sections of
casing for sidetracking, and ream out tight spots in the casing. They are also called
junk mills, reaming mills, and so forth, depending on what use they have. v: to use
a mill to cut or grind metal objects that must be removed from a well.
mix mud v: to prepare drilling fluids from a mixture of water or other fluids and one or
more of the various dry mud-making materials (as clay, weighting materials,
chemicals, etc.).
monkey board n: the derrickmans working platform. As pipe or tubing is run into or out of the
hole, the derrickman must handle the top end of the pipe, which may be as high as
90 feet in the derrick or mast. The monkey board provides a small platform to
raise him to the proper height to be able to handle the top of the pipe. See double
board, fourable board, and thribble board.
morning tour n: (pronounced tower) also called daylight tour. See daylight tour.
motorman n: the crew member on a rotary drilling rig responsible for the care and operation
of drilling engines.
mouse hole n: an opening through the rig floor, usually lined with pipe, into which a length of
drill pipe is placed temporarily for later connection to the drill string.
mouse hole connection n: the procedure of adding a length of drill pipe or tubing to the active string in
which the length to be added is placed in the mouse hole, made up to the kelly,
then pulled out of the mouse hole, and subsequently made up into the string.
G-16
Appendix G
mud n: the liquid circulated through the wellbore during rotary drilling operations. In
addition to its function of bringing up cuttings to the surface, drilling mud cools
and lubricates the bit and drill stem, protects against blowouts by holding back
subsurface pressures, and deposits a mud cake on the wall of the borehole to
prevent loss of fluids to the formation. Although it originally was a suspension of
earth solids (especially clays) in water, the mud used in modern drilling operations
is a more complex, three-phase mixture of liquids, reactive solids, and inert solids.
The liquid phase may be fresh water, seawater, and may contain one or more
conditioners. See drilling fluid.
mud analysis n: examination and testing of the drilling mud to determine its physical and
chemical properties.
mud cake n: the sheath of mud solids that forms on the wall of the hole when the liquid from
the mud filters into the formation; also called wall cake or filter cake.
mud circulation n: the act of pumping mud downward to the bit and back up to the surface by
normal circulation or reverse circulation. See normal circulation and reverse
circulation.
mud conditioning n: the treatment and control of drilling mud to ensure that it has the correct
properties. Conditioning may include the use of additives, the removal of sand or
other solids, the removal of gas, the addition of water, and other measures to
prepare the mud for conditions encountered in a specific well.
mud engineer n: a person whose duty is to test and maintain the properties of the drilling mud
that are specified by the operator.
mud gun n: a pipe that shoots a jet of drilling mud under high pressure into the mud pit to
mix additives with the mud.
mud man n: also called a mud engineer. See mud engineer.
mud pit n: a series of open tanks, usually made of steel plates, through which the drilling
mud is cycled to allow sand and sediments to settle out. Additives are mixed with
the mud in the pit, and the fluid is temporarily stored there before being pumped
back into the well. Modern rotary drilling rigs are generally provided with three or
more pits, usually fabricated steel tanks fitted with built-in piping, valves and mud
agitators. Mud pits are also called shaker pits, settling pits, and suction pits,
depending of their main purpose. See shaker pit, settling pit and suction pit.
mud pump n: a large, reciprocating pump used to circulate the mud on a drilling rig. A typical
mud pump is a single- or double-acting, two- or three-cylinder piston pump whose
pistons travel in replaceable liners and are driven by a crankshaft actuated by an
engine or motor. Also called a slush pump.
mud-return line n: a trough or pipe placed between the surface connections at the wellbore and the
shale shaker, through which drilling mud flows upon its return to the surface from
the hole.
mud screen n: also called a shale shaker. See shale shaker.
N
natural gas n: a highly compressible, highly expandable mixture of hydrocarbons having a
low specific gravity and occurring naturally in a gaseous form. Besides
hydrocarbon gases, natural gas may contain appreciable quantities of nitrogen,
helium, carbon dioxide, and contaminants (as hydrogen sulfide and water vapor).
G-17
Appendix G
O
offshore drilling n: drilling for oil in an ocean, gulf, or sea, usually on the continental shelf. A
drilling unit for offshore operations may be a mobile floating vessel with a ship or
barge hull, a semisubmersible or submersible base, a self-propelled or towed
structure with jacking legs (jackup drilling rig), or a permanent structure used as a
production platform when drilling is completed. In general, wildcat wells are
drilled from mobile floating vessels (as semisubmersible rigs and drill ships) or
from jack-ups, while development wells are drilled from platforms. See drill ship,
jackup drilling rig, platform, semisubmersible drilling rig and wildcat.
oil field n: the surface area overlying an oil reservoir or reservoirs. Commonly, the term
includes not only the surface area, but may include the reservoir, the wells, and
production equipment as well.
oil sand n: 1. a sandstone that yields oil. 2. (by extension) any reservoir that yields oil,
whether or not it is sandstone.
oil zone n: a formation or horizon of a well from which oil may be produced. The oil zone
is usually immediately under the gas zone and on top of the water zone if all three
fluids are present and segregated.
open adj: 1. of a wellbore, having no casing. 2. of a hole, having no drill pipe or tubing
suspended in it.
open hole n: 1. any wellbore in which casing has not been set. 2. open or cased hole in which
no drill pipe or tubing is suspended.
operator n: the person or company, either proprietor or lessee, actually operating an oilwell
or lease. Compare unit operator.
overshot n: a fishing tool that is attached to tubing or drill pipe and lowered over the outside
wall of pipe lost or stuck in the wellbore. A friction device in the overshot, usually
either a basket or a spiral grapple, firmly grips the pipe, allowing the lost fish to be
pulled from the hole.
P
P&A abbr: plug and abandon.
pay sand n: the producing formation, often one that is not even sandstone. It is also called
pay, pay zone, and producing zone.
G-18
Appendix G
perforate v: to pierce the casing wall and cement to provide holes through which formation
fluids may enter or to provide holes in the casing so that materials may be
introduced into the annulus between the casing and the wall of the borehole.
Perforating is accomplished by lowering into the well a perforating gun, or
perforator, that fires electrically detonated bullets or shaped charges from the
surface. See perforating gun.
perforating gun n: a device fitted with shaped charges or bullets that is lowered to the desired
depth in a well and fired to create penetrating holes in casing, cement and
formation. See gun-perforate.
permeability n: 1. a measure of the ability of fluids to flow through a porous rock. 2. fluid
conductivity of a porous medium. 3. the ability of a fluid to flow within the
interconnected pore network of a porous medium. See absolute permeability,
effective permeability, and relative permeability.
petroleum n: oil or gas obtained from the rocks of the earth. See hydrocarbons.
pin n: the male section of the tool joint. See tool joint.
pipe ram n: a sealing component for a blowout preventer that closes the annular space
between the pipe and the blowout preventer or wellhead. See annular space and
blowout preventer.
platform n: an immobile, offshore structure constructed on pilings from which wells are
drilled, produced, or both.
plug and abandon v: to place a cement plug into a dry hole and abandon it.
pore n: an opening or space within a rock or mass of rocks, usually small and often
filled with some fluid (as water, oil, gas, or all three). Compare vug.
porosity n: the condition of something that contains pores (as a rock formation). See pore.
positive choke n: a choke in which the orifice size must be changed to change the rate of flow
through the choke. See choke and orifice.
pressure n: the force that a fluid (liquid or gas) exerts when it is in some way confined
within a vessel, pipe, hole in the ground, and so forth, such as that exerted against
the inner wall of a tank or that exerted on the bottom of the wellbore by drilling
mud. Pressure is often expressed in terms of force per unit of area, as pounds per
square inch (psi).
pressure gauge n: an instrument for measuring fluid pressure that usually registers the difference
between atmospheric pressure and the pressure of the fluid by indicating the effect
of such pressures on a measuring element (as a column of liquid, a weighted
piston, a diaphragm, or other pressure-sensitive device).
pressure gradient n: a scale of pressure differences in which there is a uniform variation of pressure
from point to point. For example, the pressure gradient of a column of water is
about 0.433 psi/ft of vertical elevation (9.794 kPa/m). The normal pressure
gradient in a well is equivalent to the pressure exerted at any given depth by a
column of 10 percent salt water extending from that depth to the surface (i.e.,
0.465 psi/ft or 10.518 kPa/m).
pressure relief valve n: a valve that opens at a preset pressure to relieve excessive pressures within a
vessel or line; also called a relief valve, safety valve, or pop valve.
preventer n: shortened form of blowout preventer. See blowout preventer.
G-19
Appendix G
primary cementing n: the cementing operation that takes place immediately after the casing has been
run into the hole; used to provide a protective sheath around the casing, to
segregate the producing formation, and to prevent the migration of undesirable
fluids. See secondary cementing and squeeze cementing.
prime mover n: an internal-combustion engine that is the source of power for a drilling rig in
oilwell drilling.
production n: 1. the phase of the petroleum industry that deals with bringing the well fluids to
the surface and separating them and with storing, gauging, and otherwise
preparing the product for the pipeline. 2. the amount of oil or gas produced in a
given period.
proppant n: also called propping agent. See propping agent.
propping agent n: a granular substance (as sand grains, aluminum pellets, or other material)
carried in suspension by the fracturing fluid that serves to keep the cracks open
when the fracturing fluid is withdrawn after a fracture treatment.
psi abbr: pounds per square inch. See pressure.
pump n: a device that increases the pressure on a fluid or raises it to a higher level.
Various types of pumps include the reciprocating pump, centrifugal pump, rotary
pump, jet pump, sucker rod pump, hydraulic pump, mud pump, submersible
pump, and bottomhole pump.
pump pressure n: fluid pressure from the action of the pump.
R
radioactivity well n: the recording of the natural or induced radioactive characteristics of subsurface
logging formations. A radioactivity log, also known as a radiation log, normally consists
of two recorded curves: a gamma ray curve and a neutron curve. Both indicate the
types of rock in the formation and the types of fluids contained in the rocks. The
two logs may be run simultaneously in conjunction with a collar locator in a cased
or uncased hole.
ram n: the closing and sealing component on a blowout preventer. One of three types blind, pipe, or shear - may be installed in several preventers mounted in a stack on
top of the wellbore. Blind rams, when closed, form a seal on a hole that has no
drill pipe in it; pipe rams, when closed, seal around the pipe; shear rams cut
through drill pipe and then form a seal. See blind ram, pipe ram, and shear ram.
ram blowout preventer n: a blowout preventer that uses rams to seal off pressure on a hole that is with or
without pipe. It is also called a ram preventer. See blowout preventer and ram.
rat hole n: 1. a hole in the rig floor 30 to 35 feet deep, lined with casing that projects above
the floor, into which the kelly and swivel are placed when hoisting operations are
in progress. 2. a hole of a diameter smaller than the main hole that is drilled in the
bottom of the main hole. v: to reduce the size of the wellbore and drill ahead.
reeve v: to pass (as the end of a rope) through a hole or opening in a block or similar
device.
reeve the line v: to string wire-rope drill line through the sheaves of the traveling and crown
blocks to the hoisting drum.
relative permeability n: a measure of the ability of two or more fluids (as water, gas, and oil) to flow
through a rock formation when the formation is totally filled with several fluids.
G-20
Appendix G
The permeability measure of a rock filled with two or more fluids is different from
the permeability measure of the same rock filled with only one fluid. Compare
absolute permeability.
reserve pit n: 1. (obsolete) a mud pit in which a supply of drilling fluid was stored. 2. a waste
pit, usually excavated, earthen-walled pit. It may be lined with plastic to prevent
contamination of the soil.
reservoir n: a subsurface, porous, permeable rock body in which oil and/or gas is stored.
Most reservoir rocks are limestones, dolomites, sandstones, or a combination of
these. The three basic types of hydrocarbon reservoirs are oil, gas, and
condensate. An oil reservoir generally contains three fluids - gas, oil, and water with oil the dominant product. In the typical reservoir, these fluids occur in
different phases because of the variance in their gravities. Gas, the lightest,
occupies the upper part of the reservoir rocks; water, the lower part; and oil, the
intermediate section. In addition to occurring as a cap or in solution, gas may
accumulate independently of the oil; if so, the reservoir is called a gas reservoir.
Associated with the gas, in most instances, are salt water and some oil. In a
condensate reservoir, the hydrocarbons may exist as a gas, but when brought to
the surface, some of the heavier ones condense to a liquid or condensate.
reservoir pressure n: the pressure in a reservoir under normal conditions.
reverse circulation n: the return of drilling fluid through the drill stem. The normal course of drilling
fluid circulation is downward through the drill stem and upward through the
annular space surrounding the drill stem. For special problems, normal circulation
is sometimes reversed, and the fluid returns to the surface through the drill stem,
or tubing, after being pumped down the annulus.
rig n: the derrick or mast, draw works, and attendant surface equipment of a drilling
unit.
rig down v: to dismantle the drilling rig and auxiliary equipment following the completion
of drilling operations; also called tear down.
rig up v: to prepare the drilling rig for making hole; to install tools and machinery before
drilling is started.
roller cone bit n: a drilling bit made of two, three, or four cones, or cutters, that are mounted on
extremely rugged bearings. Also called rock bits. The surface of each cone is
made up of rows of steel teeth or rows of tungsten carbide inserts. See bit.
rotary bushing n: also called master bushing. See master bushing.
rotary drilling n: a drilling method in which a hole is drilled by a rotating bit to which downward
force is applied. The bit is fastened to and rotated by the drill stem, which also
provides a passageway through which the drilling fluid is circulated. Additional
joints of drill pipe are added as drilling progresses.
rotary helper n: a worker on a drilling rig, subordinate to the driller, sometimes called a
roughneck, floorman, or rig crewman.
rotary hose n: a reinforced, flexible tube on a rotary drilling rig that conducts the drilling fluid
from the mud pump and standpipe to the swivel and kelly; also called the mud
hose or kelly hose. See kelly, mud pump, standpipe, and swivel.
rotary table n: the principal component of a rotary or rotary machine, used to turn the drill
stem and support the drilling assembly. It has a beveled gear arrangement to create
G-21
Appendix G
the rotational motion and an opening into which bushings are fitted to drive and
support the drilling assembly.
roughneck n: also called a rotary helper. See rotary helper.
round trip n: the action of pulling out and subsequently running back into the hole a string of
drill pipe or tubing. It is also called tripping.
roustabout n: 1. a worker on an offshore rig who handles the equipment and supplies that are
sent to the rig from the shore base. The head roustabout is very often the crane
operator. 2. a worker who assists the foreman in the general work around a
producing oil well, usually on the property of the oil company. 3. a helper on a
well-servicing unit.
run in v: to go into the hole with tubing, drill pipe, and so forth.
S
samples n pl: 1. the well cuttings obtained at designated footage intervals during drilling.
From an examination of these cuttings, the geologist determines the type of rock
and formation being drilled and estimates oil and gas content. 2. small quantities
of well fluids obtained for analysis.
sand n: 1. an abrasive material composed of small quartz grains formed from the
disintegration of preexisting rocks. Sand consists of particles less than 2
millimeters and greater than 1/16 of a millimeter in diameter. 2. sandstone.
scratcher n: a device fastened to the outside of casing that removes the mud cake from the
wall of the hole to condition the hole for cementing. By rotating or moving the
casing string up and down as it is being run into the hole, the scratcher, formed of
stiff wire, removes the cake so that the cement can bond solidly to the formation.
secondary cementing n: any cementing operation after the primary cementing operation. Secondary
cementing includes a plug-back job, in which a plug of cement is positioned at a
specific point in the well and allowed to set. Wells are plugged to shut off bottom
water or to reduce the depth of the well for other reasons. See primary cementing
and squeeze cementing.
seismograph n: a device that detects reflections of vibrations in the earth, used in prospecting
for probable oil-bearing structures. Vibrations are created by discharging
explosives in shallow boreholes, by striking the surface with a heavy blow, or by
generating low-frequency sound waves. The type and velocity of the vibrations as
recorded by the seismograph indicate the general characteristics of the section of
earth through which the vibration pass.
semi-submersible n: a floating, offshore drilling structure that has hulls submerged in the water
drilling rig but not resting on the seafloor. Living quarters, storage space, and so forth are
assembled on the deck. Semisubmersible rigs are either self-propelled or towed to
a drilling site and either anchored or dynamically positioned over the site or both.
Semi-submersibles are more stable than drill ships and are used extensively to
drill wildcat wells in rough water such as the North Sea. See dynamic positioning.
set casing v: to run and cement casing at a certain depth in the wellbore. Sometimes, the term
set pipe is used when referring to setting casing.
settling pit n: the mud pit into which mud flows and in which heavy solids are allowed to
settle out. Often auxiliary equipment (as de-sanders) must be installed to speed up
this process.
G-22
Appendix G
G-23
Appendix G
G-24
Appendix G
stand n: the connected joints of pipe racked in the derrick or mast when making a trip.
On a rig, the usual stand is 90 feet long (three lengths of pipe screwed together) or
a thribble. Compare double and fourble.
standpipe n: a vertical pipe rising along the side of the derrick or mast, which joins the
discharge line leading from the mud pump to the rotary hose and through which
mud is pumped going into the hole. See mud pump and rotary hose.
stimulation
n: any process undertaken to enlarge old channels or create new ones in the
producing formation of a well (e.g., acidizing or formation fracturing) See acidize.
G-25
Appendix G
T
TD abbr: total depth.
thread protector n: a device that is screwed onto or into pipe threads to protect the threads from
damage when the pipe is not in use. Protectors may be metal or plastic.
thribble n: a stand of pipe made up of three joints and handled as a unit. See stand.
Compare single, double, and fourble.
thribble board n: the name used for the working platform of the derrickman, or monkey board,
when it is located at a height in the derrick equal to three lengths of pipe joined
together. Compare double board and fourble board. See monkey board.
throw the chain n: to flip the spinning chain up from a tool joint box so that the chain wraps
around the tool joint pin after it is stabbed into the box. The stand or joint of drill
pipe is turned or spun by a pull on the spinning chain from the cat-head or draw
works.
tight formation n: a petroleum- or water-bearing formation of relatively low porosity and
permeability. See porosity and permeability.
tight hole n: a well about which information is restricted and passed only to those authorized
for security or competitive reasons.
tongs n pl: the large wrenches used for turning when making up or breaking out drill
pipe, casing, tubing, or other pipe; variously called casing tongs, rotary tongs, and
so forth according to the specific use. Power tongs are pneumatically or
hydraulically operated tools that serve to spin the pipe up tight and, in some
instances, to apply the final makeup torque. See also chain tongs.
tool joint n: a heavy coupling element for drill pipe made of special alloy steel. Tool joints
have coarse, tapered threads and seating shoulders designed to sustain the weight
of the drill stem, withstand the strain of frequent coupling and uncoupling, and
provide a leakproof seal. The male section of the joint, or the pin, is attached to
one end of a length of drill pipe, and the female section, or box, is attached to the
other end. The tool joint may be welded to the end of the pipe or screwed on or
both. A hard metal facing is often applied in a band around the outside of the tool
joint to enable it to resist abrasion from the walls of the borehole.
tool pusher n: an employee of a drilling contractor who is in charge of the entire drilling crew
and the drilling rig. Also called a drilling rig foreman, manager, supervisor, or rig
superintendent. See drilling foreman.
torque n: the turning force that is applied to a shaft or other rotary mechanism to cause it
to rotate or tend to do so. Torque is measured in foot-pounds, joules,
meter-kilograms, and so forth.
torque converter n: a connecting device between a prime mover and the machine actuated by it.
The elements that pump the fluid in the torque converter automatically increase
G-26
Appendix G
the output torque of the engine to which the torque is applied, with an increase of
load on the output shaft. Torque converters are used extensively on mechanical
rigs that have a compound. See mechanical rig.
total depth n: the maximum depth reached in a well.
tour n: (pronounced tower) an 8- or 12-hour shift worked by a drilling crew or other
oil field workers. The most common divisions of tours are daylight, evening, and
graveyard, if 8-hour tours are employed.
transmission n: the gear or chain arrangement by which power is transmitted from the prime
mover to the draw works, mud pump, or rotary table of a drilling rig. See prime
mover.
trap n: layers of buried rock strata that are arranged so that petroleum accumulates in
them.
traveling block n: an arrangement of pulleys, or sheaves, through which drilling cable is reeved
and that moves up and down in the derrick or mast. See block, crown block, and
sheave.
tricone bit n: a type of bit in which three cone-shaped cutting devices are mounted in such a
way that they inter-mesh and rotate together as the bit drills. The bit body may be
fitted with nozzles, or jets, through which the drilling fluid is discharged. A
one-eyed bit is used in soft formations to drill a deviated hole. See directional
drilling and bit.
trip n: the operation of hoisting the drill stem from and returning it to the wellbore.
See make a trip.
turbo-drill n: a drilling tool that rotates a bit attached to it by the action of the drilling mud on
the turbine blades built into the tool. When a turbo-drill is used, rotary motion is
imparted only at the bit; therefore, it is unnecessary to rotate the drill stem.
Although straight holes can be drilled with the tool, it is used most often in
directional drilling.
U
unit operator n: the oil company in charge of development and producing in an oil field in
which several companies have joined together to produce the field.
V
valve n: a device used to control the rate of flow in a line, to open or shut off a line
completely, or to serve as an automatic or semiautomatic safety device. Those
with extensive usage include the gate valve, plug valve, globe valve, needle valve,
check valve, and pressure relief valve. See check valve, needle valve and pressure
relief valve.
V-belt n: a belt with a trapezoidal cross-section that is made to run in sheaves or pulleys,
with grooves of corresponding shape. See belt.
vug n: a cavity in a rock.
G-27
Appendix G
W
waiting on cement adj: pertaining to or during the time when drilling or completion operations are
suspended so the cement in a well can harden sufficiently.
wall cake n: also called filter cake and mud cake. See filter cake and mud cake.
weevil n: shortened form of boll weevil. See boll weevil.
weight indicator n: an instrument near the drillers position on a drilling rig. It shows both the
weight of the drill stem that is hanging from the hook (hook load) and the weight
that is placed on the bit by the drill collars (weight on bit).
weighting material n: a material that has high specific gravity and is used to increase the density of
drilling fluids or cement slurries.
wellbore n: a borehole; the hole drilled by the bit. A wellbore may have casing in it or may
be open (i.e., uncased), or a portion of it may be cased and a portion of it may be
open. Also called borehole or hole. See cased and open.
well completion n: the activities and methods necessary to prepare a well for the production of oil
and gas; the method by which a flow line for hydrocarbons is established between
the reservoir and the surface. The method of well completion used by the operator
depends on the individual characteristics of the producing formation or
formations. These techniques include open-hole completions, sand exclusion
completions, tubingless completions, multiple completions, and miniaturized
completions.
wellhead n: the equipment installed at the surface of the wellbore. A wellhead includes such
equipment as the casing head and tubing head. adj pertaining to the wellhead (as
wellhead pressure).
well logging n: the recording of information about subsurface geologic formations. Logging
methods include records kept by the driller, mud and cutting analyses, core
analysis, drill stem tests, and electric and radioactivity procedures. See electric
well log, mud logging, radioactivity well logging, and sonic logging.
well stimulation n: any of several operations used to increase the production of a well. See acidize
and formation fracturing.
whipstock n: a long, steel casing that uses an inclined plane to cause the bit to deflect from
the original borehole at a slight angle. Whipstocks are sometimes used in
controlled directional drilling, to straighten crooked boreholes, and to sidetrack to
avoid unretrieved fish. See directional drilling, fish, and sidetrack.
wildcat n: 1. a well drilled in an area where no oil or gas production exists. With
present-day exploration methods and equipment, about one wildcat out of every
nine proves to be productive although not necessary profitable. 2. (nautical) a
geared sheave of a windlass used to pull anchor chain. v: to drill wildcat wells.
wireline n: a slender, rodlike or threadlike piece of metal, usually small in diameter, this is
used for lowering special tools (such as logging sondes, perforating guns, and so
forth) into the well. Compare wire rope.
wire rope n: a cable composed of steel wires twisted around a central core of hemp or other
fiber to create a rope of great strength and considerable flexibly. Wire rope is used
as drill line (in rotary and cable-tool rigs), coring line, servicing line, winch line,
and so on. It is often called cable or wireline; however, wireline is a single, slender
metal rod, usually very flexible. Compare wireline.
G-28
Appendix G
G-29
Appendix G
G-30